May 7 – 13, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Downtown Expansion Plan on Council Agenda… Steinbruner… attend the May 12 meeting… Hayes… Sharing life… Patton… RIP?… Matlock… cornfield maze…morons…crash it down…round robin… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Rep. Crockett … Quotes on… “The Pope”

...

DREAM INN BEING CONSTRUCTED. This was April 26, 1963. On the far left you can see the old Sisters Hospital which moved to the Branciforte Plaza on Soquel. The Dream Inn is often considered the local environmentalist’s biggest loss, and spurred them on to organize more efficiently.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: May 7, 2025

AN AMERICAN POPE. Whoda thunk it? It’s interesting how fast the conclave arrived at their choice for pope this time. I remember, as a child, when pope John Paul II was chosen and it seemed like it took ages! Looking it up, I suppose it took around 2 weeks. I also didn’t remember (I was 12, after all) that John Paul I died only 33 days after he became pope. John Paul II made up for that by reigning as pope for 26 and a half years. That’s the third longest ever… If Leo XIV lasts until he’s 96, he’ll beat that. I guess we’ll see 🙂

~Webmistress

...

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
~Sarge

THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

...

May 5, 2025

Out with the Old, In with the New

The photo shows a border between the new Santa Cruz high rise brand in the background and the older, familiar human-scale building in the foreground. As with most borders, those with money, power and influence will likely decide which version of Santa Cruz will be allowed to prevail.

This is also the Laurel St. northern border of the Downtown Expansion Plan, which will be voted on by city council at its meeting on Tuesday May 13, 2025.

In brief, this area of 29 acres encircling the Warriors Arena will be transformed under the Expansion Plan from a low rise small residential neighborhood, a few local businesses, and a half-way house into an “entertainment district” with dense high rises housing close to 3,000 people and thousands of square feet of new commercial space, plus a massive new Arena five times the square footage of the current Arena with no parking. Currently the area is described as “under-utilized”, a term that sends shivers down the spines of planners and electeds and dollar signs in the eyes of developers. They love to “activate” space.

This expanded new downtown crammed with high density housing units will have major impacts on any resident who tries to drive from the lower westside across town and vice versa, anyone who wants to get to the beach, Wharf or West Cliff from Laurel St. including the thousands of tourists who already grid lock this route on summer weekends. How bad can it get? Unfortunately, the environmental documents no longer must study congestion, thanks to the political pull of those who don’t mind if it gets tough to drive a car. In their minds we should be on bicycles.

The FEIR (Final Environmental Impact Report) will also be voted on by council on the 13th. It’s a long, dense read. The consultants’ responses to all questions asked by the public are predictably dismissive. One question I asked was about the current Local Coastal Plan requirement that fifty percent of all new housing construction in this area be two and three bedrooms to better accommodate families, especially for low-income workers. That requirement will be gone, they said, when the Downtown Expansion Plan is adopted. This is a real policy shift which should cause concern. I predict it won’t rate a mention.

The recommendation from the group, Santa Cruzans for Responsible Development is that council choose Alternative 1 with Option B. No alternatives come without massive new high rises however Alternative 1 with Option B avoids upzoning three lots and caps the heights of new buildings at 85 feet, only if-and it’s a big if- the developer is willing to accept the city’s Downtown Density Bonus instead of the State Density Bonus.

So, what is this Downtown Density Bonus (DDB)? As an alternative to the State Density Bonus where there is no height limit, the city’s DDB caps the building height at 85 feet (although I note it says a council vote could allow higher). Who would have thought that we would be urging an 85 feet tall building option!

If a developer chooses to include the Below Market Rate (BMR) units onsite, they can offer a medium income level for some units whereas the State Density Bonus allows only low, very low and extremely low units in exchange for the density bonus. Alternatively, under the city’s bonus, the developer has the option to make all units market rate and provide the BMR units offsite in another location, so long as the land is acquired and ready to go. A further alternative is to pay an in-lieu fee rather than build any BMR units. Word has it that an even further opt out of building any BMR units is a land dedication, but we will have to wait for the agenda report to read about that.

Whatever alternative is voted in by council on the 13th, I see some unintended consequences. Intensified gridlock is obvious. Inability for emergency vehicle access is bound to happen. The shiny new object of a new downtown will I predict start the decline of the current downtown. The Civic Auditorium will soon be seen as an old relic. (New safety railings for the bleachers were approved by council a long time ago but nothing has materialized.) Maybe the hundreds of newcomers in the new tenement high rises along Front and Pacific will keep the current downtown alive or maybe the new Arena with non-stop entertainment and a flashing light show on the outside will draw the young professionals and students southwards. And before long, few will remember what it was that made the built environment of Santa Cruz so appealing.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
Public meeting Monday, May 12…learn why the county is pushing a battery storage project in Watsonville

Please attend the public meeting Monday, May 12, 6:30pm-8:30pm at Amesti School (25 Amesti Road, Watsonville) to learn more about the proposed Seahawk Energy Storage project proposed for 90 Minto Road in Watsonville, as well as two other sites in the County (near Aptos High School and Dominican Hospital).  This project includes over 300 shipping containers filled with lithium batteries, near the Shapiro Knolls affordable housing complex and other dense residential subdivisions, adjacent to College Lake.  A potential plume of heavy metal toxins, the likes of what we saw in Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire disaster on January 16 this year, would float over ag land and the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds…potentially rendering our County evacuation site unusable.

Why haven’t County Supervisors been willing to hold any town hall meetings on the battery energy storage system (BESS) issues at all?  What are they afraid of hearing?

Learn about the Seahawk project, already in permit process, and what the Stop Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County members have learned about the County’s action to move forward with a new combining Ordinance to allow these large utility-scale battery facilities to be quietly placed in residential neighborhoods and take farmland out of production.

Please share this with others.  Spanish translation will be available.

neveragainmosslanding.org
Listen to the May 2, 2025 “Community Matters” interview

SLOW DOWN AND GET IT RIGHT…AB 434 HAS THE RIGHT IDEA TO PUT THE BRAKES ON BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM  (BESS) FRENZY
Assemblyman Carl DeMaio has the right idea in his AB 434 to put the brakes on the feverish rate of approvals to install large utility-scale battery  energy storage systems (BESS) facilities until the State Fire Marshal can introduce and approve new state fire codes to address the hazards of the facilities in our state.
AB 434: Battery energy storage facilities. | Digital Democracy

Bad or uninformed decisions are made when pushed solely to comply by unreasonable deadlines.  This is the case with Santa Cruz County’s unreasonable Climate Action and Adaptation Plan (CAAP) to become 100% green energy sourced by 2030.  It has created a feverish push for this County that is unrealistic and forces a deadline even sooner than the State mandates.

In an effort to “look good” in the eyes of politico, Santa Cruz County is careening forward with a draft BESS Ordinance to allow three sites in residential and environmentally-sensitive areas to be re-zoned to accommodate hundreds of lithium battery storage containers that off-gas and explode under thermal runaway.  After seeing what happened in Moss Landing on January 16 and ongoing, one would think the County Supervisors would embrace a moratorium on lithium BESS projects, but they are not, and refuse to even hold town hall meetings with their constituents to discuss the issue.

Please write your elected representatives and urge support of AB 434 to bring a well-reasoned and better-informed approach to the proliferation of energy storage in California that will be compliant with upcoming State Fire Codes, currently under review, that will include updated safety requirements for BESS facilities.

ONE BIG FIRE DISTRICT ON THE HORIZON FOR SANTA CRUZ?
Santa Cruz County LAFCO approved initiating consolidation of fire agencies Scotts Valley, Santa Cruz and Central Fire at their meeting on Wednesday, March 7, even though Central Fire and Scotts Valley Fire Boards have not yet reviewed the action.  LAFCO also approved spending $30,000-$60,000 for a consultant to do a feasibility study of this proposed large consolidation project.  Fire Consolidation Feasibility Study – Memorandum of Understanding

New Alternate Commissioner Lani Faulkner had many questions about other related studies not yet completed, such as the City of Santa Cruz pending analysis of “Fire Standard of Care” for fire response, and the Santa Cruz County Fire CSA 48 feasibility study to become an independent fire district while annexing Pajaro Valley Fire and potentially others.  None of those studies, all being conducted by AP Triton consultants, is done and have taken much longer than was initially stated.

Currently, Scotts Valley Fire and Central Fire Districts share a Fire Marshal.

Sadly, retired Chief Don Jarvis, who has served as expert consultant for LAFCO in previous fire consolidation of Scotts Valley Fire and Branciforte Fire Districts, and whose cost was written into the LAFCO budget to continue to help, has resigned.

When I asked the LAFCO Commissioners how this Professional Expert job would be filled, and that the Commission agenda next month should include discussion of such, LAFCO Director Joe Serrano stated that he feels he can handle it himself, with occasional help from Commissioner Jim Anderson, a retired fire professional.

Stay tuned for the June 4 LAFCO meeting when this will be discussed further…and maybe one of those big consultant reports will actually be done.

WHY SHOULD COUNTY TAXPAYERS FUND WORK THAT SWENSON WAS SUPPOSED TO DO?
When Swenson sought approval with the CPUC to create a new private at-grade railroad crossing as the gateway to the dense infill Aptos Village Project in 2012,it was approved on the condition that two similar rail crossings be closed.  One of those two was the Warrenella crossing in Davenport, the second was  at the hjstoric Bayview Hotel.  Swenson did a study to determine what it would take to put in a bike and pedestrian path along Cement Plant Road in Davenport to mitigate the significant adverse safety impacts of closing the Warrenella crossing.  It turned out those heritage Eucalyptus trees would cause alot of expense….so the whole thing was just silently dropped.  Swenson got their way in getting the new Parade Street gateway anyway.

NOW, the Board of Supervisors approved spending Measure K sales tax money for  half of the $50,000 consultant to study the feasibility of a bike and pedestrian path on Cement Plant Road.  The other half would be paid by the BLM as encroachment fees.  The County Public Works Dept. will oversee the work.

I requested Supervisor Cummings pull this consent item to allow better discussion.  He did not do so.  At Tuesday’s Board meeting, I asked: “Why are tax payers footing the bill for work that was supposed to have been done by Swenson??”  After close of public comment, Supervisor Cummings, who was obviously caught off-guard by this seemingly new information,  asked Public Works Director Matt Machado to approach the podium and address my comment.

Mr. Machado said Swenson Builder had only done civil engineering studies about constructing a bike/pedestrian path from New Town to the main area of Davenport.  It was not constructed.  The new $50,000 feasibility study will examine a bike/pedestrian path from Davenport to the National Monument, and include a number of alternative routes.

The Board approved spending the $26,000 in Measure K sales tax funds for this analysis, with the BLM paying $24,000 in encroachment fees to help fund the study.  The leadership of Davenport, I later learned, supports this action.

I still wonder why the County never required Swenson Builders to follow through with the mitigation…and paid for traffic accommodations in favor of Swenson’s Parade Street rail crossing in the Aptos Village Project?

Here is what Consent Item #29 states on the May 6, 2025 Board of Supervisor packet

Executive Summary
The Cotoni-Coast Dairies National Monument is anticipated to open to the public during the summer of 2025. The Regional Transportation Commission’s bicycle/pedestrian trail from Wilder Ranch State Park to Davenport (Rail Trail Segment 5) is scheduled to be completed by March of 2026. Cement Plant Road will provide a major approach to the National Monument entrance from the town of Davenport but has no sidewalks or room for a bike lane. Developing a safe bike and pedestrian path for the increased number of visitors to the area will help realize the goal of encouraging public access to coastal resources while reducing public safety dangers.

Discussion
The Cement Plant Road Bicycle/Pedestrian Path project was included as a high priority in the North Coast Facilities Management Plan. The Plan recognized the importance of providing safe access from Davenport to the National Monument for bikes and pedestrians with the expected opening of the Monument and completion of the bike/pedestrian trail from Santa Cruz to Davenport.

The first step in developing the project is the completion of a feasibility study that will evaluate the feasibility of alternative alignments for the path. A consultant has been identified to prepare the feasibility study, and it appears that the total cost for the study would be approximately $50,000. The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has agreed to contribute approximately $24,000 and Supervisor Cummings is willing to allocate $26,000 in 2024-25 Third District funding towards the project. CDI will be responsible for overseeing the consultant contract. Due to the current workload in CDI, work on the study will commence in the early part of the 2025-26 fiscal year.

As part of the feasibility study, it is important that opportunities for input from both the

Davenport community and BLM be provided. In addition, since the feasibility study is only the first step in the project’s development, potential funding sources for completing the project will need to be identified.

Financial Impact
The total cost for the feasibility study is estimated at $50,000 with $24,000 expected to
be provided through an encroachment permit fee and $26,000 to be allocated from
District 3 2024-2025 Measure K funds (GL 197100/90000) and transferred to 621100-
62330 (P40883).
Strategic Initiatives
Operational Plan – Comprehensive Health & Safety, Reliable Transportation
Submitted By:
Justin Cummings, Third District Supervisor
Recommended By:
Carlos J. Palacios, County Executive Officer

ANOTHER APPOINTMENT-TO-SELECT-SUCCESSOR TACTIC IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY GOVERNMENT
County Tax Collector-Auditor-Controller, Edith Driscoll, announced her resignation with a letter dated April 2, 2025.  This week, the Board of Supervisors appointed her successor, Laura Bowers, to complete the term that will end in January, 2027.  Edith Driscoll was just re-elected to this term in June, 2022.-.  Now she has decided that it is a good time to retire?

Former Auditor Tax Collector Mary Jo Walker also got her successor, Edith Driscoll, appointed by resigning mid-term.

This letter serves as official notice of my intention to retire in early July 2025. This retirement date aligns with the beginning of the new fiscal year. My current term ends on the first Monday in January 2027. However, I have determined now is the right time for me to retire.

It has been an honor to serve the people of Santa Cruz County for the last 28 ½ years. I have served as the Auditor-Controller-Treasurer-Tax Collector since I was appointed in 2015 and then elected for three additional terms.

See Item #14

In effect, she is hand-picking her successor by retiring mid-term.  The Board appoints her choice, in this case, Laura Bowers and she will most likely run for election next year….as the incumbent.  The  Board chambers Tuesday afternoon was filled with Ms. Bowers’ family and County employee supporters as her appointment was finalized, with a loud applause.

Of interest is the request of the Auditor Controller Driscoll  asking the Board to approve a full time Sr. Auditor job/ See Consent Item #24.

For the record, I do not question or oppose Laura Bowers as the Auditor Taxcollector.  She has been very responsive to any and all requests i have made for information of the Department.  However, it is the process that I oppose…similar to what has happened for decades regarding the County Sheriff job.  It precludes others interested in the job from running for these elected offices, because the jobs are largely unopposed, and the “Incumbent” has a significant electoral advantage.

MEASURE D OVERSIGHT MEETING POSTPONED
Maybe the group who volunteers to examine the County’s Measure D sales tax funds and expenditures wanted to wait for the new Auditor Tax Collector Laura Bowers to officially take office, and therefore postponed their continued meeting.  Stay tuned and participate in this when you can.  You can sign up to receive automatic notifications.
Measure D Taxpayer Oversight Committee

ANOTHER LOCAL TAX ON THE HORIZON?
From Trail Now….
At the Santa Cruz County Regional Transportation Commission (RTC) meeting for Item #28 (2025 Unmet Transit and Paratransit Needs), METRO representative stated that it was METRO’s intent to move forward with a 2026 Tax Measure to support future forecasted deficits. RTC Agenda Packet

Stay tuned!

WHY IS THIS CANCELLED?
Why did  Planning Dept. staff cancel the Coiunty Housing Advisory Commission meeting scheduled for this week when Supervisor Koenig has asked that the Commission review critical ADU policy?

Consent agenda Item #27 for April 29, 2025 reads:

27.
Direct the Housing Advisory Commission to review two policy opportunities related to Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs), an affordable ADU bonus program and condominium conversion of ADUs, and take related actions (Board of Supervisors – First District)

If you click in the vacant space beneath this item, the associated documents appear, which included a staff report and recommendation that the Commission review two critical policy opportunities for ADU’s in Santa Cruz County and report back to the Board no later than August 19, 2025.

[Current And Upcoming Meetings]

So, why did Planning Staff cancel the Housing Commission meeting that should have happened May 7?

This Commission meets infrequently now but used to meet every other month on the first Wednesday at 1pm.  I have attended these meetings often and found them very educational because of the discussions brought forth.  There are two appointees for each Supervisorial district.

However, staff has cancelled each meeting for over one year, finally calling a   Special Meeting on March 19, 2025 to present information about dissolving the Commission.

Maybe Supervisor Koenig did not get the memo from CAO Carlos Palacios that he intends to dissolve such useful public Commissions….Hmmmmmmm.

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY CLEANS UP
This Saturday, May 10, there will be dozens of events taking place to help eliminate litter and illegal dumping throughout the county. The Santa Cruz county board of supervisors has endorsed May 11th as the first annual Santa Cruz County cleanup day.
You can sign up to work with a group, or just take a walk around your neighborhood or other favorite place and clean up trash (wearing gloves, of course!)

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND THE MAY 12 PUBLIC MEETING ABOUT LITHIUM BATTERY PROJECTS IN OUR COUNTY.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THAT YOU CARE ABOUT THIS WEEK.

Happy Mothers Day to those who are, and Cheers to All,

Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Sharing Life

One of the most important teachings I’ve received in my life was the statement ‘manage for what you want, not what you don’t want.’ If we want peace, we must create it right here, right now: everyone we meet must receive our peace and we must reach out to people we don’t know and share with them peace. If we want to break down political division, we must provide the impetus in our actions. If we want environmental conservation, we must be the creators of conservation. One way that people traditionally reached across unknown social/political divides was by Giving. As I seek ways to better connect humans with their environment, giving in ways that touch the Earth seem particularly important.

Take Them Cookies
Where I grew up, it was traditional to take new neighbors cookies. I have mentioned this to people in their 20’s and 30’s and they haven’t heard of such things. Have you? I’ve met plenty of people who haven’t said hello to their neighbors, don’t know who they are. But I’ve also met lots of folks with friendly neighborhoods, folks who greet each other, wave, know each other by name, know details, have potlucks, group gardens, etc. Which way would you rather live? We must all stretch to create better neighborhoods.

Anonymously Giving to General Public
It is interesting to see what is being made available for free to strangers. There seems to be a place for anonymous gifting. Little Free Libraries are all over town: people trading books from sometimes cute tiny enclosed shelves. I see signs advertising sometimes nice ‘free’ furniture and other item out on streets. Boxes of produce similarly marked ‘free’ sometimes appear.

I was at a hippy concert once and received a precious gift. I recall wandering through throngs of people at intermission, on my way to get some water. One of the people coming towards me met my eyes, stopped right in front of me, smiled broadly, and said that they’d like to give me something. I held out my hand and they dropped a large, beautiful blue tiger’s eye gemstone. I was astounded, blubbering thanks. And then they skipped away. It still sits with me, that generosity.

From Social to Ecological
Food, gems, books – all good gifts but what about gifts that make ecological connections? Might those kinds of gifts help bring us closer together and closer to Nature at the same time? Gifts that make ecological connections can include plants, gardening assistance, seeds, and food we produce.

Garden Clubs
Garden clubs are everywhere, and there are several around the Monterey Bay. These are networks of people who exchange garden wisdom, plants, seeds, and tools. Often, garden clubs maintain public gardens. In my experience, members come from diverse political perspectives and, at the same time, are congenial. Locally, there are:

There are also public gardens with volunteer programs, such as:

People can go to such organizations to share what they have and they can go to learn or take something home for their garden. I have had some of my most stimulating political conversations while gardening with groups, speaking with people who have very divergent political views. We all cared about the plants and the garden, and we allowed that common interest to transcend any of our other differences. As we worked together, we grew to like and trust one another enough to have better conversations.

Neighborhood Plant and Seed Exchange
What if we were to more readily share plants and seeds? I recently visited one of the local nurseries and saw throngs of people buying small plants that they might have raised themselves from seed for much cheaper. Networks of people who can grow ‘starts’ connected with their neighbors or friends could save money and help make better connections. Imagine if our communities were consistently providing their own seeds and starts for myriads of vegetable gardens that produced so much food that more people could enjoy inexpensive healthy meals. Do you know someone who would want plants you propagated? Do you see a garden that could use new plants, where you might meet someone new?

Food Giveaway
After those initial cookie gifts, why not keep it going by growing the food neighbors might want? Networks might maintain community gardens or community orchards, producing food to give away to folks in need. Individuals can adjust what they are growing to accommodate the wishes of those around them. Helping others to eat is kind and can break down political barriers.

In Summary
Do we want to live in a world of kind surprises, in a Gift Culture, where people are giving their time, food, plants, and tools…sharing their knowledge and wisdom…helping each other to live better lives, more affordably? We must manage for what we want by creating the world we want to see. Start by looking around your space and asking yourself two questions: what can I give away today? and how can I build community through that giving?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Wednesday, May 7, 2025

The image at the top of this blog posting is a “Letter To The Editor” that appeared in the April 29, 2025, edition of the San Francisco ChronicleThe Joe Mathews column mentioned in that “Letter To The Editor” appeared in the Chronicle a couple of days earlier, on April 27th.

Our current president was elected last November, in what appears to have been a free and fair election. So why do Joe Mathews and Mr. Verkozen believe that “The American democratic republic has died?” Presumably, they believe this because our current president does not, in fact, operate according to what the Constitution requires. I have made that point, repeatedly, in my daily blog postings. Click here for an example. If that is the point being made by Mathews and Verkozen, I agree with them.

However, I am not at all convinced that this is the point being made, and I most emphatically do NOT agree that “The American democratic republic has died” simply because our current president is operating in an unconstitutional manner. The president has claimed, in essence, that the only person who “counts” in this republic of ours is him. His statement that “I, alone, can fix it” is one way that our current president has articulated this idea, and his continued (and illegitimate) use of “Executive Orders,” treating them as if they are the same as laws enacted by the Congress, is another way he has advanced his undemocratic and unconstitutional view that he (and he alone) gets to say what happenss in this country.

As I hope everyone understands, “We, the people” are ultimately in charge of our government. Of course, in order to exercise our democratic power to “run the place,” we need to act, and to insist upon our right to decide what our government should be doing.

So far, there hasn’t really been any appreciable – or maybe the right word is “effective” – pushback against the illegitimate claims of our current president. That does not mean, though, that “The American democratic republic has died.”

Someone who stipulates that she or he is dead will be treated as if they were. Try it out. Send a letter to the Social Security System, for instance, and tell them you’re dead. You will probably stop receiving any Social Security payments you may currently be receiving.

We are not “dead,” democratically, until we stipulate that we are. That is what is disturbing to me about the Mathews-Verkozen assertion. They seem to say that they have given up, and capitulated to the illegitimate claims of our current president. Lots of us haven’t! Here’s some proof, showing a recent picture from Santa Cruz, California.

More and greater efforts are what I endorse, not proclaiming that democracy is dead before we have even begun to challenge those who would, indeed, seek to eliminate it.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

BORSCHT BELT SCHTICK, DONNY TWO DOLLS, CLOWN SHOW FASCISM

We’ve known for some time that Senator, and former football coach, Tommy Tuberville of Alabama is lost somewhere in a cornfield maze of his own making, as apparently he doesn’t know which state his resides within. Kyle Whitmire of AL.com writes that he may not meet the state’s residency requirements as he plans to run for the governorship, which has stricter prerequisites than that of a senate officeholder. The senator is accused of living in Florida since 2023, and voting records bolster these suspicions argues Whitmire, who points out that a seven year state residency is necessary. If Tuberville is a true Alabama resident, his income tax filings should be evidence, but no disclosure has been forthcoming, as he maintains that his wife’s homestead exemption in Auburn, as far back as 2018, is proof enough of his residency despite the fact that the senator’s name is absent from the deed. Election records show that both spouses voted in Florida in late 2018. Senate records from 2023 reveal that Tuberville made several trips to the Florida panhandle, and Whitmire challenges him to show his utility bills — “where he flushes his toilet probably tells us more than his homestead exemption,” he contends. Seems ripe for a political challenger to take him to court on the issue.

Representative Jasmine Crockett of Texas is still hot on the case for designating Marjorie Taylor Greene the dumbest member of Congress for spending more time currying favor with Donald Trump and the MAGA crowd, than she has spent working for the people of Georgia. The MAGA majority has seated her on powerful committees, within which she’s more concerned with picking fights, then going on social media to secure her cable news appearances — no way to solve the country’s problems. In the same vein, Andy Borowitz takes on Senator John Kennedy of Louisiana, asking if there exists a more grating assclown, which he doubts. Andy wrote in his book ‘Profiles in Ignorance: How America’s Politicians Got Dumb and Dumber’ that over the past fifty years, mass media have rewarded politicians who can entertain over those who can think — designating it the ‘Age of Ignorance,’ appropriately. He splits this into three stages: Ridicule, Acceptance, and Celebration. In the Ridicule stage, ignorance resulted in career-ending mockery, spurring dumb politicians to fake intelligence. The Acceptance stage sees ignorance modified into congenial, a sign that the politician was authentic, down-to-earth, and a somewhat normal person — allowing dumb politicians to be as dumb as they really are. The Celebration stage, today’s condition, allows ignorance to take precedence over knowledge: wearing a dunce hat is elevated over expertise. Being ill-informed is the criterion, forcing smart politicians to fake dumbness. Borowitz puts into this highly-educated stable of moronic politicians the likes of Ron DeSantisTed CruzJosh HawleyElise Stefanik, and the aforementioned John Kennedy, with space for an ever-expanding membership.

Last week, the ‘sage of Omaha,’ Warren Buffett announced his upcoming retirement from Berkshire Hathaway, proclaiming, “Trade should not be a weapon,” as he pointed to President Trump’s current war. Steve Schmidt wrote in his ‘The Warning’ blog that it is Trump’s weapon in a declared world war, one that he is losing. Schmidt argues that this has come to pass despite all of Trump’s previous warnings, and it is now too late to stop the looming devastation of the American economy, with no place to run, no place to hide. The catastrophe resulting from the war of madness and aggression could have been stopped, but that time has slipped by us, allowing the zealots and sycophants to lie to their dictator with words allowing him to embark on his supposed strategy — no plan beyond the execution, no vision on how it ends. In Schmidt’s estimation it was launched by Trump’s ego, drafted by incompetents, and executed by nihilists, echoing Steve Bannon’s 2017 wish to “bring it all crashing down.” Schmidt believes that millions in Trump’s cult of malice are about to have their dependency broken, Jonestown style, a la the Jim Jones People’s Temple massacre in Guyana. However, his favorite strategist, thinker and leader who was as profoundly dumb as Donald Trump is General George Armstrong Custer, who Schmidt characterizes as ‘American political dumb, DOGE dumb.’ Custer was brave — better than his contemporary peers who possess none of his virtues — but graduated last in his West Point class, though he exhibited such fearlessness as the youngest Union general in the Civil War, he took his cavalry experience West to fight the Lakota. One story has him separating from his men to chase a buffalo into hostile territory, drawing his revolver to shoot the beast, only to miss and blow his horse’s brains out. Lost and stranded alone, he was fortunate to be happened upon by a few of his contingent’s scouts, a perfect parallel for Trump and his tariffs, minus the rescue element, temporary though it may have been for the general and his trusting troops.

Schmidt says, “The chances that Trump was a secret genius, and that Trump Derangement Syndrome were a real thing have all been disproven by events, and reduced to absolute zero over the first 100 days of his term. There are no manufacturing plants returning, no jobs coming back, no golden age, no nothing. America will be weaker, poorer and isolated. All of it because of Donald Trump, his henchmen and women, and the easily conned and deeply ignorant American voter. What comes next is catastrophe. Waves of meanness, capriciousness, cruelty, insanity and nonsense spewed forth from Trump and his family, while the overwhelming majority of the American media was the last to figure out that Trump meant every word of his toxic Borscht Belt schtick. Trump was feted and celebrated by America’s media mandarins, who saw a golden calf, where most saw an orange buffoon. With a few exceptions, Trump steamrolled everyone in front of him with the same ease that he emasculated Jeb, Little Marco and Ted Cruz — ambitious men with no core, only great ambitions and fragile egos, being susceptible prey for Trump. All of it begs some questions: how stupid is this movement and how much dumber can it get? This country is in crisis because the concept of democracy is in danger. It is endangered because of the lassitude of the citizenry, the malice of a fascist movement, and a dishonest billion-dollar media industry that revels in conflict. At the same time, it is repulsed by the truth because it is too contentious for liars who demand coddling and accommodation in the name of ‘balance’ and ‘fairness.’ The American media isn’t a stakeholder in the epic fight underway for American democracy besides being billion-dollar economic players. That’s the only ‘balance’ they are interested in. All the democracy talk is marketing schtick — they don’t mean a word. The problem is that the fascists mean everything they say. That’s the truth! They have conviction, and mostly, the opposition does not. It is what makes this tragedy. It’s a tragedy that should not be, but is. Just like Donald’s trade war.” The bigger the fool, the more they are loved.

In a Cabinet meeting last week, President Trump admitted that his foolish tariffs will lead to empty store shelves across the nation, but that’s just fine because China made a trillion dollars selling us stuff during Biden’s administration — we don’t need any more material goods. “Well, maybe the children will have two dolls instead of 30 dolls, and maybe the two dolls will cost a couple of bucks more than they would normally,” The Don said. Lawrence O’Donnell on MSNBC’s ‘The Last Word’ commented that he sounded like a gangster, giving him the name ‘Donny Two Dolls’ as a possible character on ‘The Sopranos’ TV series. The meeting which resembled a North Korean People’s Committee meeting which pours praise onto Dear Leader Kim Jong Il, had a round-robin of comments by Trump’s cabinet members as they told Dear President how fabulous he is. So, like good Communist Kim, Trump is telling Americans that they must suffer and go without for the greater good, so that he may have his way on trade policy, not to mention the hideous, distasteful, and costly gilded bawdy house décor that he is implementing in the White House at taxpayer expense. We can celebrate that in his first 100 days the president has made economic recessions great again. A Mike Luckovich cartoon shows that Trumpty Dumpty has fallen from a brick wall, is lying on the ground with a cracked shell, long red necktie all askew, and All The King’s Men looking on with praise: “Great fall, sir!” and “Way to stick the landing!”

In line with Steve Schmidt’s contention that media outlets today are kowtowing to the Trump administration, Scott Pelley of CBS’ 60 Minutes made an on-air criticism of its corporate owner, Paramount Global, a couple of weeks ago. This unusual step was prompted by the resignation of Bill Owens, a CBS News veteran of almost 40 years, 26 of which were spent as head of 60 Minutes. Pelley says the sudden turn of events was hard on Bill, and difficult for the staff who admired him greatly for his insistence on accuracy and fairness in their coverage. However, Paramount Global had stepped in to start supervising news content in subtle ways, with Owens feeling that he had lost the independence that honest journalism requires. The reason lies with Dear Leader Trump who not only has sued CBS News for $20 billion over a ‘fake news’ story during the 2024 presidential campaign, but Trump appointed FCC ChairmanBrendan Carr, will be overseeing approval of Paramount’s $8 billion sale to Skydance Media, a $2.4 billion windfall for Shari Redstone’s family holding company, controller of Paramount. Shari Redstone looks to pocket over $500 million personally, with the administration’s approval. She has recused herself from deliberations in the Trump/CBS lawsuit, even as she has signaled her desire for a settlement with Trump, which is likely to result in a payment to The Don, and probably an admission of wrongdoing. Legal experts have said that Trump’s suit is without merit, foreseeing an easy CBS victory, but Paramount is favoring the white flag in view of the pending sale’s approval — a mob shakedown by Donny Two Dolls and his Luca Brasi, Brendan Carr. Mr. Carr has also intimated that the sale is sketchy unless the company ends its DEI efforts, telling Bloomberg“Any businesses that are looking for FCC approval, I would encourage them to get busy ending any sort of their invidious forms of DEI discrimination.” Paramount has sent a staff memo noting the company would move to eliminate its DEI goals, but Carr will see to it that the FCC’s review is thorough. Elon and crew are standing by to be of service!

Cliff Schecter writes on Blue Amp that Trump is once again fantasizing about tanks rumbling down the streets of DC, not to stop a coup or a domestic terror attack, but to feel like a boy — a real boy! “I know he doesn’t get the concept of democracy — much like tariffs, multiplication, multi-syllabic words, vegetables, a fitting suit or running a business that doesn’t go arse-up to name a few — so I’ll try to explain it to him: Let’s learn a little history, Donny you mega-jingoistic cod-piece. Our founders feared standing armies, because they knew a permanent military was a military to be used — often, just because it was there. And here you are.” Schecter notes that “the National Guard wasn’t even created until 1903. Militias carried a lot of the load (ya know, those ‘well-regulated ones for whom the Second Amendment was actually intended? As opposed to your next-door neighbor Billy Bob a-fixin’ to git hisself 47 AR-15s, just because.” He goes on to say that even between World Wars I and II, our military was badly underfunded because that fear remained in our DNADwight Eisenhower, upon leaving the presidency in 1961, infamously warned about the ‘military industrial complex’. But, as Hafiz Rashid in The New Republic laments, “Donald Trump may finally get his long-desired military parade, citing an unnamed source that he has chosen June 14 which is the 250th anniversary of the US Army, Flag Day, and only coincidentally his own 79th birthday. The four-mile procession would go from the Pentagon in Arlington to the White House.” Trump’s yen for such a grand parade goes back to his first term after seeing a French parade in 2017, with his desire to top that display. Pushback by both the military and the DC government put that one to bed, with cost estimates to the two entities around $92 million and $21 million, respectively. An angry Trump abandoned the idea, accusing the DC politicians of a ‘holdup’ over costs. Then, Mayor Muriel Bowser said, “I finally got through to the reality star in the White House with the realities of parades, events, and demonstrations in Trump America.” Now, Mr. Trump holds the cards with his overhaul of the military leadership, plus placement of top lawyers in all branches of the military, with the DC pols cowering out of fear that Trump will follow through on threats to take over the local government. The president has set up a federal task force on DC crime fighting that does not include a single local official, indicating that he will continue to interfere with operations within the city — to include his massively wasteful parade to sate his ego, spending millions of local and federal dollars despite his claims of waste, fraud and abuse eliminations. As the recently departed comedian and actor, Ruth Buzzi, once said, “Scientists say the universe is made up entirely of neurons, protons and electrons. They seem to have missed morons.” Rest in peace, Ruth.

“In 100 days, Trump has invented something new: Clown-Show Fascism,” says Michael Tomasky in his piece in The New Republic“The administration is a serious threat to democracy. They’re also laughably incompetent. But the result is no laughing matter.” Tomasky reminds us that the president’s April 2 ‘Liberation Day,’ when he blew up the markets with his tariffs announcement, was actually the second Liberation Day declaration — the first being announced in his January 20 inauguration speech, when he said, “That is why each day under our administration of American patriots, we will be working to meet every crisis with dignity and power and strength. We will move with purpose and speed to bring back hope, prosperity, safety, and peach for citizens of every race, religion, color, and creed. For American citizens, January 20, 2025, is Liberation Day.” The author asks, “How is that working out? There is much to say about these 100 days. The odor of fascism is unmistakeable — and entirely intentional. The bullying of universities and law firms; the probably illegal firings of those 18 inspectors general; the ghastly executive order instructing the Justice Department to investigate two US citizens for expressing their political views; the purposeful lawlessness of so many actions, designed to force showdown after showdown at what Trump assumes will be a pliant Supreme Court; the daily inventions of reality peddled by Karoline Leavitt, Cabinet officials, and not least, Trump himself.”

Tomaksy says we should think about the average Americans, who are having a hard time. He poses another key line from the inaugural address: “I will direct all members of my Cabinet to marshal the vast powers at their disposal to defeat what was record inflation and rapidly bring down costs and prices.” Tomasky’s response is, “Gee! That doesn’t seem to have happened. Inflation is down a bit, largely because energy prices have fallen.” He points out that price decreases are a function of overproduction, that electric vehicle production in China has an effect, but gives Trump credit for our fears of a recession. Worry that Trump’s tariff war will spark inflation is seen in polling, with 71% believing that is our fate — even 47% of Republicans in agreement. To the many variants of fascism — Nazism being only one — there is Italian fascismoSpain’s FrancoismUkraine’s BanderismSouth Korea’s Ilminism, plus neofascism, crypto-fascism and Islamofascism, to which Tomasky adds clown-show fascism. He describes his addition as “a regime marked simultaneously by hubristic and defiant assaults on the democratic and constitutional order on the one hand, on the other, a nearly laughable incompetence in just about every other area of the regime’s activity. Trump’s constant about-faces and walk-backs on tariffs have been an international embarrassment. Elon Musk’s DOGE has fired federal workers willy-nilly only to turn around and rehire many after the Musketeers realized they weren’t deep-state bloodsuckers and the work they did was kind of essential, after all — you know, like the people who tend the country’s nuclear weapons stockpile.” Tomasky summarizes that it can be hilarious to watch, but consequences are no laughing matter, and not how it’s supposed to work in a democracy — only 1300+ days to go!

David Litt writes on his Substack blog, Word Salad!, that if our founders had foreseen a Donald Trump presidency, they would have included pictures in the Declaration of Independence for him to understand it. In his faltering attempt to explain what the document means to him, Trump tells Terry Moran in the ABC News interview, “Well, it means exactly what it says, it’s a declaration. A declaration of unity and love and respect, and it means a lot. And it’s something very special to our country.” The commander-in-chief’s answer, had it come from a beauty pageant contestant, would have disqualified her with no chance of wearing a finalist’s crown. Litt is concerned that Trump’s brain worms have brain worms, causing him to give his blah, blah, blah answer. Asking ChatGPT to estimate the grade level of a student who gave such an answer to the question, Litt says the AI chatbot estimated ‘roughly 6th to 8th grade.’ Litt’s purpose in bringing up the Declaration of Independence “is not that Trump hasn’t read it — it’s that the rest of us ought to, and those who have read it need to re-read it with an eye toward understanding how to talk about dealing with this generation’s mad king.” The debate among Democrats rages passive-aggressively about what to focus on — attacks on the rule of law, or kitchen-table issues, which is dragging the president’s approval ratings down? Democrat Team Rule of Law says tariffs come and go, but damage to our democracy will be irreversible; Democrat Team Kitchen Table says stopping Trump raises the need to win elections, and that the electorate cares more about their pocketbooks than the rule of law. To the two teams, Litt says, “It’s my pleasure to scold everybody and say both sides are wrong. Drawing a distinction between the two issues would be like telling a pack-a-day smoker to differentiate between ‘nicotine addiction’ and ‘shortness of breath,’ — talking about one without the other rings hollow. Choosing between democracy and the economy is, in and of itself, the wrong choice. This is all one big issue. We have to treat it that way.”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

The Pope

“I have as much authority as the Pope, I just don’t have as many people who believe it.”
~George Carlin

“Anybody can be Pope; the proof of this is that I have become one.”
~Pope John XXIII

“I met the Queen, the Pope, and we went all over Europe and Asia. I just wish I was older when I did all this. Then I could appreciate it more.”
~Ricky Schroder

“I feel much freer now that I am certain the Pope is the Antichrist.”
~Martin Luther

“It often happens that I wake up at night and begin to think about a serious problem and decide I must tell the Pope about it. Then I wake up completely and remember that I am the Pope.”
~Pope John XXIII

...

Trump or trans…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

April 30 – May 6, 2025

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on Development’s Underbelly … Steinbruner… save the landlines… board of supervisors office hours, The Hirahara house… Hayes… back next week … Patton… Enemy of my enemy … Matlock… everything is broken…catbird seating…backstab…loopy loop… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Titanic’s last moments, minute by minute… Quotes on… “Walking”

...

CABRILLO/CABRILHO COLLEGE. Circa 1962. Plenty of parking spaces here. According to Kevin Newhouse’s Aptos book…it was 1958 when the County voters voted to create a junior college. The location was a hassle then and it still is, being between Watsonville and Santa Cruz. Wally Trabing, longtime columnist for the Santa Cruz Sentinel, suggested the name “Cabrillo” even though Cabrillo or Cabrilho (his Portuguese name) never saw any of California north of Santa Cruz island.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

Dateline: April 30, 2025

MAY DAY. Someone asked me if I knew where the term “Mayday” as a call for help came from, and I actually do! Do you? 🙂 If not, I’ll tell you… it’s from the French “M’aider!”, which means “Help me!”. It was created in 1923 by a senior radio officer in London by the name of Frederick Stanley Mockford. Mockford recognized the need for a simple, internationally understood distress signal. You are suppposed to say it three times in a row, to keep it from being confused with any other communication.

Now you know!

And, believe it or not, the fact that my video this week is about the Titanic is complete coincidence!

~Webmistress

...

THE MINECRAFT MOVIE. In theatres. Movie (5.9 IMDb) x
Okay, so here’s the deal: I’ve played Minecraft before, so I am familar enough to know the mechanics of its universe, but equally, not SO in love with it that I’m going to freak about any cinematic storytelling compromises. Also, aside from studying film in college, I worked for 15+ years in visual effects for film and tv, as a compositor (I took the cg and the live action and mushed them together, added some blood and dust and blur and film grain etc so that it looked like one image).

This film was an actual disaster. OK cast. Meh story. But the choices made while bringing it all together were BAFFLING. I’ve seen films where janky effects and weird dialoge were a CHOICE – I get it, it can be fun. However, there is no rhyme or reason to the uneven storytelling and effects. In some scenes, the animation does not include mouth movement, and yet later, that same character CAN move their mouth. Some scenes have totally passable blue/green screen extraction, others have completely visible wires and it looks like the crudest animatic. And that’s very much what the film feels like: an animatic. An animatic is a pre-visualization version of a film that may or may not have effects, or rough acting shot to just show what is supposed to happen here – in some cases it’s literally just voices over a series of drawings. What should have been a modestly entertaining b-grade “Jumanji” (real people in a video-game world) instead comes across as Jack Black and friends improv brainstorming, then handing it off to someone’s 15 year old YouTuber nephew to assemble and do … something … with the effects.

NOT worth a watch. Not a “so bad it’s good”, but a “so bad, why am I watching this?”. DO NOT let your kids watch it and have it become their favorite film, because you will end up wanting to strangle them.

I stuck it out for you.

You’re welcome.
~Sarge

DEATH OF A UNICORN. Prime TV. Movie (6.1 IMDb) ***
Thank you, Alex Scharfman, for opening people’s eyes to the truth: unicorns were never sweet, cuddly ponies — they’re magical beasts; basically angry horses with a murder stick on their foreheads.

Paul Rudd and Jenna Ortega star as a father-daughter duo who find themselves in way over their heads after accidentally running over a unicorn. Between the vengeful parents of the mythical creature and the greedy interests of Rudd’s pharma overlords (played with relish by Richard E. Grant, Téa Leoni, and Will Poulter, as the Leopolds), chaos — and carnage — ensue.

A literal “eat the rich” horror/comedy, this film is sharp, absurd, and unapologetically dark. Rudd and Ortega have great chemistry, and the Leopolds are delightfully despicable.

Not for the squeamish, but absolutely worth a watch.
~Sarge

MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
~Sarge

THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
~Sarge

STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
~Sarge

NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
~Sarge

THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

...

The last item on the April 22 City Council agenda was a topic of concern and importance, rarely discussed: to assess the impact of proposed large mixed-use city developments on the level of service from fire, medical and police. Presented by the Fire Chief and the DTA consultant, they shared the results of the state-required Nexus study on local police and fire to determine how many new residents will need to be served, how much increase in resources is needed to provide the current level of service and how to pay for this increase. Based on the study, an increase in the Public Safety Impact Fee was recommended for new developments, whether housing, hotel, office, or institution.

Staff recommended that council adopt the new fee and charge developers 80% of the total. Council moved to adopt staff recommendation. Mayor Keeley made a convincing argument that the fee should be 100% of the projected public safety cost increase. This is a one-time fee, he said, and could always be adjusted if it proves a disincentive for new development. Council quickly amended the motion to include the mayor’s recommendation and it passed unanimously.

This agenda item was a rare event in that it addressed some negatives involved in the multiple large-scale developments underway or proposed for the city. We are fed only the positives. While the scale and quick approval of these developments is largely state imposed, whether through density bonuses, RHNA numbers or new housing laws, they are uncritically presented by staff and rarely questioned by council.

In his slide deck, the Fire Chief showed side by side views to demonstrate the increase in level of service that will be generated by new or proposed developments compared to current usage, such as the slide above at 530 Front Street. At this site, three small businesses will be replaced by 276 condos resulting in a new population of 700 residents, using a formula of 2.56 people per unit as an average. From the many slides shown, the sea change to the character of Santa Cruz between existing and proposed new development was jaw-dropping. Slide after slide showed what is being lost and what is coming down the pike. That of course was not the purpose of the presentation. The purpose was to show that the increase in population from new development will require more police and fire personnel, more medical first responders and more equipment if public safety standards and level of service are to be maintained.

According to the Fire Chief, there will be a total of 1,600 newcomers housed in proposed downtown developments. That figure does not include future new residents in the Downtown Expansion area which, using the same formula will result in 2,560 new residents, at minimum. Add to that figure the new large-scale developments proposed for Mission, Almar, Water and Ocean and numbers of new residents escalate.

One myth about all this new dense housing is that it is future homes for current residents. There might be some residents who will downsize, move into a condo, and sell their single-family home but that demographic is far from the majority. Nor is this new housing for the currently houseless, nor for multiple people who are crammed into small rentals to afford ever-escalating rents. These new units are priced well beyond their ability to pay. Local low-income workers who have been long-time renters are leaving in large numbers to find cheaper rents, giving lie to the claim that this new housing will allow workers to avoid long commutes and live near their workplace. As for affordable housing, since the city negated the Grand Jury recommendation that the city track and keep data on whether such housing is occupied by local workers or locals with prior residency as required by the Municipal Code, we have no idea whether that law is being followed. Any reference claiming otherwise is invalid.

The simple fact is that most of the new, dense housing being built is for people who currently live elsewhere and earn-or have- big money. They want to either have a second home in Santa Cruz or move here or maybe invest in real estate. They comprise a bottomless pit of demand. Some will be students from wealthy families who can afford the high rents. From the size of most units in most new developments, it appears students and single professionals are the favored demographics. The high incomes of the professionals raise the AMI (Area Median Income) which in turn paves the way for rent increases and puts affordability rental levels further out of reach. The more we build, the more new people with high incomes move here, the worse it gets for low-income residents. The more strain it puts on police, fire, and medical services. The more impact on parks, trails, surf breaks, beaches, roads, and bike lanes. Unlike tourists, the high-income new residents bring daily consumption needs for services that require workers, usually of lower income, who cannot afford to live here.

Maybe the alert from police, fire and medical about the negative impact of new development will wake up the decision-makers at City Hall. Less of “we need housing at all income levels” and more of “we need a Nexus study of projected development impacts across all resources.” Less of “the state has taken away local control so there’s very little we can do” and more of “let’s join other cities in protesting unrealistic RHNA numbers.”  And follow the Grand Jury recommendation to document, verify, track, and determine whether inclusionary housing is helping local workers and residents, or is that only a convenient talking point.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
Say no to lithium ion utility scale battery energy storage systems in Santa Cruz County

Keep in the know on what is happening in Santa Cruz County as Supervisors press forward to approve a  new County Ordinance for a combining district that would allow three locations in urban areas for fire-prone facilities.  Attend the May 12 Public Meeting at Amesti Elementary School (23 Amesti Rd,in Watsonville), 6pm-9pm;, to learn more and take action.

The lithium battery applicant, New Leaf Energy, based in Massachusetts, is essentially writing the County’s ordinance.  This is unacceptable.

Speak up May 6 at the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors meeting during Open Public Comment.

Our elected representatives are being convinced that the containerized lithium iron phosphate battery banks are “safer”….but these systems are still very prone to overheating, thermal runaway fires that emit toxic gas and heavy metal contaminants.  Such fires have been occurring in Germany.

SPEAK UP TO KEEP YOUR LANDLINE TELEPHONE SERVICE INTACT!
AT&T is at it again to drop emergency lifeline landline telephone service.  AB 470 would allow AT&T  to simply walk away as Carrier of Last Resort. Join the CPUC public hearings coming up next week regarding AT&T application to drop Carrier of Last Resort responsibility: Carrier of Last Resort (COLR) — TURN

  • May 5, 2025 / 6pm
    Webcast (to watch only)
    Phone: 1-800-857-1917; Passcode: 6032788#
    Must call in to make a public comment
  • May 13, 2025 / 2pm & 6pm
    Webcast (to watch only)
    Phone: 1-800-857-1917; Passcode: 6032788#
    Must call in to make a public comment

AND IT GETS WORSE….
Also…Verizon wants to take over Frontier Communications in California, which  is a smaller company that has assumed landline operations in many other states.  The CPUC is reviewing this. Please see the schedule and location information below.

2025 Verizon/Frontier Merger — TURN

1. In-Person Forums

  • May 29, 2025 / 2pm and 6pm
    Palm Desert City Council Chambers
    73510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, CA 92260
  • June 11, 2025 / 2pm and 6pm
    Santa Barbara City Council
    735 Anacapa Street Santa Barbara, CA 93102
  • June 18, 2025 / 2pm and 6pm
    Eureka City Council Chambers
    531 K Street Eureka, CA 95501
  • June 24, 2025 / 2pm and 6pm
    Monticola Clubhouse
    140 S Lassen Street Susanville, CA 96130
  • June 30, 2025 / 2pm and 6pm
    Long Beach City Council Chambers
    411 West Ocean Boulevard Long Beach, CA 90802
  • July 7, 2025 / 2pm and 6pm
    Sacramento County Board of Supervisors’ Board Chambers
    700 H Street, Suite 1450 Sacramento, CA 95814

2. Remote Forums

  • June 16, 2025 / 2pm & 6pm
  • Webcast (to watch only)
    Phone: 1-800-857-1917 Passcode: 6032788#
    Must call in to make a public comment

  • July 15, 2025 / 2pm & 6pm
    Webcast (to watch only)
    Phone: 1-800-857-1917 Passcode: 6032788#
    Must call in to make a public comment
  • THE PEOPLE SPOKE OUT…WERE THE SUPERVISORS EVEN LISTENING?
    Why were the Supervisors spending more time looking down at their phones than paying attention to the people speaking before them?

    Tuesday, April 29, public comment went for nearly three hours, with people from all walks of life filling the chambers to overflowing.  Many spoke about the County’s plan to stop funding critical behavioral health services, close the County’s lab and x-ray facility serving the poor, and cut 74 jobs in the Health & Human Services Dept.   Other speakers, including the Executive Director of Friends of Santa Cruz County Parks and some Parks Commissioners, asked the Supervisors not to rezone five parcels that are designated for parks, and instead accommodate dense infill housing.

    The Supervisors were rude to largely ignore the people, many of whom had never been to the Board chambers and spoken before.  Whatsmore, the Board recessed with a long line of people still waiting to speak so that they could hold an online Flood Control meeting at which they were the only attendees. Finally, as their stomachs began to growl, the Supervisors agreed with Chair Felipe Hernandez that those who had waited hours online to speak should only have ONE minute, rather than two.

    NO TALK OF CUTS TO ADMINISTRATIVE SALARIES
    At a time when many programs and jobs are proposed to be cut, was there discussion of cutting the salaries of high-level administrators, such as Robert Brown, Lead Psychiatrist for the County, and Carlos Palacios, County Administrative Officer, who each are paid about a half a million dollars each month in salaries and benefits?
    Transparent California salaries, Santa Cruz County

    The staff presentation of  the 2025-2026 County Preliminary Budget Report  that came before the Board well after 3pm was discussion of salary reductions for administrative personnel. Apr 29, 2025 Board of Supervisors – Regular Meeting – Santa Cruz County, CA

    I urge you to watch it and ask if the County administration is doing the best to serve the people, rather than themselves?

    Write the Board with your thoughts…Budget Hearings begin June 3.

    Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors: <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

    WHERE DID HE GO?
    Many wondered where former Second District County Supervisor Zach Friend would go after sitting for 12 years in that elected office.

    I was surprised to see his name show up in the May 2 Monterey Bay Economic Partnership Economic Summit program:

    Political strategist and author Mike Madrid will join us for a keynote address and fireside chat with Zach Friend, exploring his latest book The Latino Century and its timely reflections on cultural transformation, self-governance, and the evolving American identity.

    But it seems Zach is a frequent participant of Mr. Madrid’s book promotions and began doing so almost immediately after he left his job as County Supervisor:

    January 11, 2025….Madrid is joined by Zach Friend, policy and public affairs communication expert who worked in the Obama White House, to further explore current social and political trends.  The Great Transformation of America with Mike Madrid

    NEW SECOND DISTRICT SUPERVISOR DESERPA HOLDS OFFICE HOURS
    It is refreshing to again have a Second District County Supervisor who holds open office hours…it has been a long time since that happened.

    If you have not yet met and spoken with Supervisor Kim DeSerpa, try to attend these office hours, posted on the Board of Supervisor website:

    Wednesday May 7th, 3-5 pm,
    South County Service Center,
    790 Green Valley Road, Watsonville, CA

    NEW DATE/TIME: Wednesday, May 13th, 2-4
    Corralitos CalFire Station
    120 Eureka Canyon Road, Corralitos, CA

    SOME OTHER SUPES ALSO HOLD OFFICE HOURS
    Take a look at when your County Supervisor is available to discuss your concerns:
    Board of Supervisors

    4th District Supervisor Felipe Hernandez:
    Office Hours are held the second Friday of the month from 2PM to 4PM at our Watsonville office, 150 Westridge Dr, Watsonville, CA

    1st District Supervisor Manu Koenig:
    Office hours are on the first Wednesday monthly, 1pm-3pm, at his office within the Sheriff Center, 5200 Soquel Avenue Frontage Road in Live Oak.

    First District Townhall – August (Maybe about the County’s utility-scale lithium battery energy storage system or BESS Ordinance?)
    Date: August 14, 2025 / 6 PM – 7:30 PM location TBD

    5th District Supervisor Monica Martinez (how nice that she schedules time to accommodate people who work!):

    Upcoming In-District Open Office Hours

    To reduce wait time, we are now utilizing a reservation system. Click here to reserve a 15 minute time-slot in advance

    In-District Open Office Hours Reservation
    Please indicate the times at which you would like to meet with Supervisor Martinez. Drop-in visitors are still welcome, and will be seen in order of arrival as time allows between or after reservations.

    • May 12…..5:00 to 6:30 p.m. (Felton Office, 6062 Graham Hill Road Suite A & B)
    • May 27…..3:30 to 5 p.m. (Boulder Creek Sheriff’s Substation, 13210 Central Avenued)
    • June 16….3:30 to 5 p.m. (Scotts Valley Library Community Room, 251 Kings Village Road)
    • June 30….5:00 to 6:30 p.m. (Felton Office, 6062 Graham Hill Road Suite A & B)

    Unfortunately, 3rd District Supervisor Justin Cummings has no office hours posted.

    ERASING HISTORY AT A TIME WHEN IT SHOULD SHINE…
    Listen this Friday to “Community Matters” at 2pm when local Historian Mr. Ross Gibson will discuss the background of the Redman/Hirahara Farmstead and disappointing support of local Historic Resources Commissioners to see it demolished. santacruzvoice.com

    The Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors, with the zealous recommendation and financial support of the County Historic Resources Commission, may consider yanking the  Redman-Hirahara Farmstead in Watsonville from the National Historic Registry, thereby paving the way for Elite Developers Inc. to demolish it for a strip mall idea they favor. Although currently within District 2 County boundaries, the City of Watsonville is planning to annex all of the land and more into the City, creating the “Gateway Project”.

    (See page 6: EIR NOP Revised)

    The matter may be coming before the Board as early as next Tuesday, May 6….will it be on the Consent Agenda?

    Listen in from your computer or smart device this Friday at 2pm and also to last weel’s interview with Ms. Karell Reader, who was involved in the Foundation that tried to save the Farm.

    During WWII, the people of the Pajaro Valley paid the property taxes for the Hirahara family when they were shipped off to internment camp prisons, and maintained the farm in their absence.  That big-hearted effort allowed the Hirahara family to return to what they owned, unlike what happened in the Salinas Valley.

    Don’t you think we could all benefit from keeping that story alive but preserving the historic home, designed by local famous architect William Weeks, for generations to use, much as what San Jose has done with the Emma Prusch Farm Park?

    Please write Supervisor Kim DeSerpa <second.district@santacruzcountyca.gov>

    Please listen in at 2pm this Friday on your computer, or the recording that will be posted after 5pm here.

    MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  MEET WITH YOU SUPERVISOR AND ASK THEM TO PROPOSE SALARY REDUCTIONS FOR ALL ADMINISTRATORS, INCLUDING THEMSELVES.

    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...
    More from Grey next week!
    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Monday, April 28, 2025

    #118 / The Enemy Of My Enemy

    You have probably heard the claim that “the enemy of my enemy is my friend.” That claim, of course, is subject to debate, and doesn’t really make much logical sense, if you think about it, but there is enough truth in this expression that it has become a commonplace assertion since the late 1800’s – at least according to Wikipedia.

    Holman W. Jenkins, Jr., who writes for The Wall Street Journal, suggests that our current president’s appeal to his political “base” may be directly related to this idea that “the enemy of my enemy is my friend.” In saying this, I am citing to one of Jenkins’ columns, published on April 23, 2025. His column was titled, “Understanding Trump’s Trade War.” My apologies if that link leads you to a prohibitory paywall.

    The way that Mr. Trump has conducted what really has been a “trade war,” does seem to need some sort of explanation. What our current president has done with respect to his on-again, off-again imposition of tariffs, coupled with other trade-related actions, and blustering threats, doesn’t really seem to make much sense. Jenkins, though, does identify a likely political “upside” for Trump’s controversial trade war, which would seem, on the surface, to disadvantage the very people who have supported him most strongly.

    Every president thinks first about his political standing, on which the whole enterprise rests. Mr. Trump is different in one respect only…. In the fight for personal survival…, one tactic has worked over and over for Mr. Trump, and that’s exciting the animosity and overreaction of the country’s elite groups.

    No matter how crass or gross his conduct, his enemies turn it into lemonade for him. Even his remarkable 2024 comeback doesn’t change this strange chemistry….

    A column like today’s is a hard sell to newspaper readers used to the comfortable illusion that presidents are primarily focused on their carefully considered policies and how they will benefit the country. (Witness the hopeless piling up of commentary seeking the “strategy” in his trade actions). The argument, such as it was, for Mr. Trump’s second election was always: his enemies (emphasis added).

    Our current president, in other words, is not trying to “sell himself” by touting all the postive things he is doing, has done, or will do. His biggest appeal is that he hates the “enemies” that are hated by his “base.”

    I am your “friend,” he seeks to persuade the dissatisfied (which includes LOTS of Americans). How are we, the dissatisfied, supposed to know how good Trump is? Well, look at the enemies he has! Those are YOUR enemies, too, right? You can back me, you ought to back me, Trump tells all those who are dissatisfied with how things have been going because “the enemy of your enemy is your friend.”

    I do think that Jenkins is on to something. Our current president is not very appealing as a national leader. He’s impulsive, inconsistent, self-interested, and actually pretty “stupid,” to pick out an applicable word. But boy does that guy hate the “libs.” Boy, does that guy hate the “elites.” Boy, does that guy hate the “bureaucrats.” Etc.!!

    You get the idea. Hating our “enemy,” on our behalf, is the foundation on which our current president has built his political success.

    Let me suggest something different. I am proposing to you a politics that is not based on “anger,” or on opposition, or on “rage,” but that is based on the idea that WE (we, the people) ought to be running the place. Self-government, which includes self-promotion of the people, trusting ourselves to run the government, is the way to build a political “base” that is not premised on that old, erroneous claim that “the enemy of my enemy is my friend.”

    If you don’t like how this country has been run over the last half century or so, under both Republican and Democratic presidents (and I don’t), and if you are tempted to blame various political “enemies” for how badly the counttry has been run, then let me invite you to take a peek into the most conveniently accessible mirror.

    There isn’t any “enemy.” Or, as Walt Kelly has so wonderfully put it: “We have met the enemy and he is us.”

    Appealing to our hatred of our supposed “enemies” is not a secure basis for any politics of genuine power, for any politics of transformation and change. Love for ourselves (ALL of us) is the foundation of a politics that might – still might – save the world. Trying to establish our politics on the basis of a coalition that hates the some common “enemy” (including our current president, for those who see him as an enemy) is not going to solve our problems. In fact, it is going to get us the kind of government that has been produced by our current president.

    So, let us think again!

    Instead of spending our political energies looking for “enemies,” let’s turn our efforts to the task of building a politics that can triumph over adversity, and over the daunting challenges ahead. We can begin to do that, and set our politics onto a firm foundation, by doing what I consistently call for in these daily blog postings. Here’s what we need to do (first step):

    Find Some Friends!

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...
    TESLA BOARD MEETING, RAISED HACKLES, AUTOCRAT’S PLAYBOOK, #51

    The Trump administration, and in particular, JD Vance and the head MAGAman himself, have been the butt of jokes and criticisms in the wake of Pope Francis‘ death. Vance started off the previous week by meeting the national champion Ohio State football team in the Oval Office, fumbling and breaking their hard-won trophy in the process. One contributor on X posted that anyone scheduled for meetings with Vance should be shaking in their boots, and with the death of the Pope on the Monday following Vance’s visit on Easter Sunday, the floodgates were opened on social media, making the VP the butt of jokes, confirming him as the anti-Christ. One X user shared similar sentiments, writing, “JD touched a trophy and broke it. Then, he touched the Pope and he broke. I hope he shakes Donald’s hand this week…” Satirist Andy Borowitz contributed on his The Borowitz Report“JD Vance will represent Satan at Pope Francis’s funeral this weekend, the Devil confirmed on Thursday. In a rare public statement, the Prince of Darkness said that he could not attend the funeral himself because it conflicts with a Tesla board meeting. Explaining his choice of Vance, Beelzebub said, ‘If you can’t have me, JD is the next best thing.’ But longtime Vatican-watcher Harland Dorrinson criticized Satan’s decision to send Vance, noting, ‘With Trump in attendance, this seems like overkill.'”

    And indeed, Trump was in attendance as he made doubly sure he was seen, finagling a prized front row seat, though protocol had him, along with First Lady Melania, initially assigned to a third row position. In what was mostly a somber sea of black-clad attendees who followed the requested dress code, there he was resplendent in his bright blue silk suit and blue tie, missing only his bright red clown nose. Melania was respectful in her stylish all-black outfit — blazer dress, gloves, and lace veil, acting as sort of a peace maker between her childish and snub-prone husband and France’s Macron, encouraging him to shake the French president’s hand in the Sign of Peace  portion of the mass in following the custom of shaking hands with other mourners. Several photos reveal that he was probably napping — unlikely that prayer was on his mind — and an adult should have taken away his cell phone which was a playtoy during some of his time at the service. Prior to being seated for the ceremony, Trump and Ukraine’s Zelensky were able to have a short face-to-face meeting, both of whom shared positive words of their discussion afterwards, along with an announcement of a meeting to follow afterwards. Zelensky, also seated in the front row, wore all-black, but kept his vow not to dress formally until the Russian invasion of his country is history. Upon the Ukrainian leader’s appearance as he was seated, spontaneous applause from the assembled echoed across the plaza, which likely raised Trump’s hackles since he got no recognition.

    Not willing to extend the Sign of Peace to former president Biden for such a momentous occasion, Trump declined to allow Biden and his entourage to fly with him on Air Force One to the Pope’s funeral, despite President George W Bush’s precedent of inviting his father and Bill Clinton to accompany him to the funeral Mass of Pope John Paul II in 2005. Trump has kept his predecessor front and center as his scapegoat, with The New York Times keeping score on his mentions of Biden at 300 in the first 50 days since January 20 — as he whines about the porous southern border, calling him “the worst president in American history.” In 2022, Trump mocked then-President Biden for his placement in the 14th row at Queen Elizabeth II’s funeral, maintaining that it was proof that “there’s no respect for the US anymore,” suggesting that if he were still president, he would have received front-row seating. For the Saturday funeral of Pope Francis, Biden was seated much further back, dressed in his black suit and non-protocol blue tie! Doubtless, the Trump-seating brouhaha would have raised the eyebrows of Pope Francis, who dedicated much political capital into confronting The Don, viewing his immigration policies as “un-Christian” and making his concerns known to JD Vance in the hours before his death. Many are saying that the pope rebuked Trump from beyond the grave through Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re’s homily in the Mass, saying, “Pope Francis incessantly raised his voice, imploring peace and calling for reason and honest negotiation to find possible solutions. ‘Build bridges, not walls,’ was an exhortation he repeated many times.” The Cardinal ensured that Trump’s call for building a border wall got the final criticism from Pope Francis, which the president had called “disgraceful,” labelling the Pope as “a very political person,” who was questioning his faith. There was no missing the finger pointed at Trump in view of the audience of millions worldwide — yep, the so-called world leader in the embarrassing, look-at-me fluorescent blue suit! It’s doubtful the Vatican could have provided a high chair for the occasion.

    The Economist magazine blisters Trump with its latest cover, showing an illustration of a wounded and bandaged US eagle, accompanied by the headline, “Only 1,361 Days to go.” Ron Dicker of HuffPost writes, “The Economist is counting the days until President Donald Trump’s second term is over, showing the amount of time left after his first 100 days is up. He has spent his first months dismantling government agencies, sparking a trade war, defying courts over deportations and trying to strong-arm Ukraine into submitting to its invader, Russia. The Economist summed up his strategy in the cover story, which examines the ‘lasting harm’ he has already done: ‘The method is to bend or break the law in a blitz of executive orders and, when the courts catch up, to dare them to defy the president. The theory is one of unconstrained executive power — the idea that, as Richard Nixon suggested, if the president does something then it’s legal.’ This injured eagle might need more than bandages to heal.” Something legal in Trump’s plans is the installation of two 100-foot flagpoles on the White House grounds. On the Jimmy Kimmel ShowKimmel said, “Trump took a little stroll around the White House, he did a little location scouting just like he would do at one of his golf courses in deciding where to bury an ex-wife.” Kimmel joked that by installing the flagpoles will “clear up a lot of confusion. For years, whenever I’d see a picture of the White House I’d think, ‘Well, that’s a nice building, but what country is it in? You do have to admit, it is crazy the White House doesn’t have a flag — other than that giant one on top of the White House.” He says the new ones will be high enough to be out of Trump’s hugging range.

    Raw Story’s David Edwards posts about a historically Jewish newspaper’s comparing President Donald Trump’s tactics to those used by Germany’s Adolf Hitler prior to WWII: In an op-ed for Forward, author Terrence Petty likened Trump’s demonization of his self-declared enemies to Hitler’s attempt to blame Jews for Germany’s loss in WWI — a tactic known as the Dolchstosslegende, or stabbed-in-the-back legend. “Donald Trump has created an American version of the Dolchstosslegende, propagating a myth that the nation is being led to ruination by Joe Biden and the Democrats, prosecutors who go after Trump, judges who go against him, non-MAGA news media, practitioners of ‘wokeism,’ and elite universities, among others,” Petty wrote. “All of this is utter nonsense, of course, but this American S-I-T-B lie is at the core of Trump’s assaults on democracy.” The author compared Hitler’s first speech as chancellor on February 10, 1933, to Trump’s second inaugural address, which he insisted “reads like a S-I-T-B manifesto.” “For many years, a radical and corrupt establishment has extracted power and wealth from our citizens, while the pillars of our society lay broken and seemingly in complete disrepair,” said Trump in his January speech. Gazing into the future, Petty warns the US may be going through the early stages of authoritarianism, though he notes, “There are signs of hope with some law firms and universities fighting back against Trump’s efforts to coerce them into bending to his will. Citizens are mobilizing, legions of them taking to the streets in protest of his power grabs. Courts have been ruling against his attempts to subvert the law. But none of this seems to faze him, even as appeals play out in rulings against him — he keeps using his authoritarian jackhammer against the foundations of American democracy.”

    From the moment he regained office, Trump has been following the autocrat’s playbook, step-by-step by going after universities for disobeying his decrees. He has extorted law firms for existing staff, or previous staff members, who crossed him, and he has targeted for prosecution former aides who challenged him. He has now arrested a federal judge for not helping him round up migrants for deportation, and attacking the free press for not bending to his will. The first day in office saw him release from prison, hundreds of domestic terrorists who assaulted police officers in his name — now a personal militia. Less than 100 days into his term he is straight-up defying the US Supreme Court and is getting away with it — no one being fined, no one going to jail — and terrifyingly, the American public is oblivious to what’s taking place. Trump creates one ’emergency’ after another — the foreign ‘invasion’ by immigrants seeking safety and a better life as did many of our forebears — hardly an invading army of ‘military-aged men’ as Stephen Miller would have it; then, there’s the ‘energy emergency’ for which Trump is trampling environmental laws to allow an increase in petroleum production; next, we have an ‘economic emergency’ prompting Trump to impose outlandish tariffs on any and all countries, despite the fact that the Constitution grants the power of taxation to the Congress. Neither the Supreme Court nor the Congress has an army or a police force to see that the Constitution is followed, so we all are dependent upon the Executive Branch to honor our laws. Yet, simply by fiat, the president can designate any person or group or court judge, ‘terrorist’ or ‘invader,’ should they protest or rule against his policies, then arresting them and sending them away to his gulag in El Salvador. Alarmist? We need to examine our bias of normalcy, our failures of imagination, and remember January 6, 2021 when he unleashed his violent mob on the CapitolHarvie Wilkinson who served 41 years on the federal appellate court bench, as a Reagan appointee, asks, “If today the executive claims the right to deport without due process and in disregard of court orders, what assurance will there be tomorrow that it will not deport American citizens and then disclaim responsibility to bring them home? And what assurance shall there be that the executive will not train its broad discretionary powers upon its political enemies? We yet cling to the hope that it is not naïve to believe our good brethren in the executive branch perceive the rule of law as vital to the American ethos. This case presents their unique chance to vindicate that value and to summon the best that is within us while there is still time.” Harvie Wilkinson fears for our republic, as we all should be doing.

    Trump’s latest attempt to neuter political opposition is his executing yet another memorandum targeting ActBlue, the fundraising platform behind Democratic campaigns and causes, which he claims is accepting foreign contributions, despite the platform’s denial, and an analysis to the contrary by Republican Representative Bryan Stell. The president himself has been accused of accepting Russian bribes, and a political consultant working for Trump-backing Great America PAC, got 18 months in prison for illegally accepting Russian money in 2016. Trump is at present raking in millions from cryptocurrency investors, who are buying his meme coin in a blatantly corrupt pay-to-play effort to meet him, with a dinner and a White House tour — surely with foreign money flowing into his personal coffers. Democratic Senator Chris Murphy of Connecticut wrote on X“The Trump coin scam is the most brazenly corrupt thing a president has ever done. Not even close.” Senator Elizabeth Warren and Representative Jake Auchincloss have demanded an investigation into the meme coin scam, but Pam Bondi’s Department of Justice has better things to do, of course. The two Massachusetts Democrats say, “Anyone, including the leaders of hostile nations, can covertly buy these coins, raising the specter of uninhibited and untraceable foreign influence over the President of the US, all while Trump’s supporters are left to shoulder the risk of investing in $Trump and $Melania.” Meanwhile, ActBlue continues to raise massive amounts of money, taking in nearly $500 million in 2025 alone as it gears up for the fight against Trump, not being put off by his bullying tactics. Despite assurances from ActBlue that its service will continue, Democratic strategists are “drafting contingency plans and evaluating other options,” leery of a president who has expressed complete disregard for the rule of law, as he attempts to stamp out all political, electoral and ideological opposition. Cory Archibald, communications director at Turn Left PAC, warned, “There is no other fundraising platform that comes even close to the functionality, security, and stability of ActBlue. Democrats need to democratize their campaign tech, and they need to do it yesterday.”

    Meanwhile, Trump is still meddling in Canada’s politics, as he fired off another ultimatum on Truth Social as their polls opened on federal election day: “Good luck to the Great people of Canada. Elect the man who has the strength and wisdom to cut your taxes in half, increase your military power, for free, to the highest level in the World, have your Car, Steel, Aluminum, Lumber, Energy, and all other businesses, QUADRUPLE  in size, WITH ZERO TARIFFS OR TAXES, if Canada becomes the cherished 51st State of the United States of America. No more artificially drawn line from many years ago. Look how beautiful this land mass would be. Free access with NO BORDER. ALL POSITIVES WITH NO NEGATIVES. IT WAS MEANT TO BE! America can no longer subsidize Canada with the Hundreds of Billions of Dollars a year that we have been spending in the past. It makes no sense unless Canada is a State!” Travis Gettys of Raw Story writes, “The US president has upended relations between the neighboring allies with steep tariffs on Canadian imports and threats to use ‘economic force’ to annex the country as the 51st state.” Thanks to Trump’s policies, analysts at Goldman Sachs estimate the US economy will take a $90 billion hit in lost tourism and export revenue, with many foreign visitors avoiding the US over increased hostility, and reports about Europeans being detained in immigration centers. Canada, in particular, is boycotting US travel and products — with Canadian summer flight reservations seeing a 70% decline, and a 25% decline in bookings from Europe, an overall 10% drop in international visits compared to this same time in 2024. This could amount to an almost $20 billion reduction in international visitor spending.

    President Trump maintains he is “actively” negotiating with China on a tariff deal, but China insists his claim is false, and even Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent states that talks have not started. Trump reiterates that President Xi has called him for discussions, with the US president saying, “He’s called. And I don’t think that’s a sign of weakness on his behalf,” but no particulars have been provided. Guo Jiakun, of China’s Foreign Ministry, chimed in with his take, saying, “As far as I know, the two heads of state have not called each other recently. I would like to reiterate that China and the US have not conducted consultations on the tariffs issue.” Earlier, the Ministry told the US to be more polite: “If a negotiated solution is truly what the US wants, it should stop threatening and blackmailing China and seek dialogue based on equality, respect, and mutual benefit. To keep asking for a deal while exerting extreme pressure is not the right way to deal with China and simply will not work.” Trump’s threatening ultimatums have produced chaos world-wide, and fear across American political and economic life — a dynamic that could ultimately undo his presidency as many of those tantrums ring hollow, as seen with his easing up on attempting to fire Federal Reserve chair Jerome PowellDavid Faris, associate professor at Roosevelt University, explains on Slate, how Trump’s “depressingly familiar loop” keeps playing out: “This loop is now standard operating procedure from the most chaotic White House in history. In fact, it seems to be more or less the only move that this iteration of Trump has, one that he is deploying against everyone from Canada to Harvard University. And it is eerily similar to the nuclear strategy concept of ‘escalate to de-escalate’ — using a shocking act of aggression to convince an adversary to negotiate on your terms.”

    Faris says Trump’s strategy isn’t quite working for him because his opponents have taken note of his weakness and his administration’s incompetence, so they’ve essentially rerouted their long-range plans around the United States“Trump is fundamentally a weak, lame-duck president, whose paper-thin margins in Congress and embarrassing ineptitude at staffing his administration and carrying out his policies are not kinks that will be ironed out with time but rather inescapable features of his already unbearable and disastrous presidency. That weakness, and the servile paralysis of Congress, is leading him to try the same blunt maneuver over and over again, with predictably diminishing returns. Rather than doing the painstaking work of enacting his lunatic agenda through that narrowly divided Congress, Trump has been acting, since Day 1, like a leader who has to resort immediately to vindictive threats and massively escalatory decisions to get what he wants. If it was a useful tactic, Russia would already have deployed it against Ukraine, and China would have come to the negotiating table to plead with Trump to reduce tariffs. Issuing a never-ending stream of escalatory and often nonsensical threats is also no way to run a country, and voters are fast coming around to the understanding that they made a terrible mistake putting this senescent maniac back in power in November. It is not clear how the United States will even survive another 44 months of this circus with anything resembling the status quo, or our battered psyches, intact. But if Trump’s incipient authoritarians ever allow another Democrat to be elected president, that person is likely to discover that some of the damage to America’s reputation and interests is irreversible,” contends Faris.

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Walking

    “Walking with a friend in the dark is better than walking alone in the light.”
    ~Helen Keller

    “If you’re walking down the right path and you’re willing to keep walking, eventually you’ll make progress.”
    ~Barack Obama

    “If you don’t like the road you’re walking, start paving another one.”
    ~Dolly Parton

    “Don’t threaten me with love, baby. Let’s just go walking in the rain.”
    ~Billie Holiday

    “Beauty surrounds us, but usually we need to be walking in a garden to know it.”
    ~Rumi

    “Everywhere is within walking distance if you have the time.”
    ~Steven Wright

    ...

    I wish I got a kickback every time I recommended History Hit and their shows and documentaries… alas, I do not, but I’ll still share their videos 🙂 This is a minute-by-minute retelling of the last moments of the Titanic, which, if you are into Titanic stuff at all, is surprisingly fascinating. There are all kinds of little details, and this video held my attention despite being rather long.


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    April 23 – 29, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… on the Planning Commission meeting of April 17… Steinbruner… scrabble this weekend… Hayes… Prevarication… Patton… The Temper Of The Times… Matlock… homegrowns…home groans…all afraid…purposeful mistake…snake oil… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… art!… Quotes on… “Soothing”

    ...

    SANTA CRUZ BEACH & BOARDWALK 1940. By taking a closer look you can see the historic La Bahia Hotel in the lower left corner. You don’t need to look so hard to see the Historic Casa Del Rey Hotel that vanished with a FEMA payback right after the 1989 quake. Then there’s the Boardwalk pier and the freely flowing San Lorenzo River with the once-named “Opera Island” just before the railroad bridge.

    Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

    Dateline: April 23, 2025

    MOVING. I feel a bit like I’m dealing with a First World Problem[TM] so why should I have any complaints, but dammit, it’s still overwhelming! I am about to move from Aptos to Ben Lomond. I don’t know how it happened, but I’ve spent the last ten years in Aptos. That’s quite likely the longest I’ve lived in any one place as an adult! I am excited about Ben Lomond and the peacefulness among the trees up there, but for sure I will miss the ten minute walk to Hidden Beach, and all those sunsets over the ocean. We really do live in paradise, all over this county.

    ~Webmistress

    ...

    The new reviews resume next week, I’ve been promised.

    MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
    Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
    I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
    ~Sarge

    STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
    I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
    ~Sarge

    NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
    Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

    THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    ...

    April 21, 2025

    How FAR can it go?

    The April 17 Planning Commission meeting was not a win for the public. After scattered applause, largely from residents of De Anza Mobile Home Park in support of those who spoke against doubling the zoning of the 6.3 acres across from De Anza, the chair gave a stern admonishment, saying: “we do not affirm or discourage people from speaking after they have spoken based on the content they have displayed.” The audience took that in good spirit and largely refrained from further applause.

    For the Downtown Expansion Plan and its Final Environmental Impact Report (FEIR) many speakers urged the Commission to slow down the process. The FEIR had been made available for commissioners and the public only two days prior to the meeting, leaving insufficient time for a careful evaluation of the document’s response to the scores of questions posed by the public in the draft EIR. The presentation from the community group, Santa Cruzans for Responsible Development included visuals such as the one above depicting the potential worst-case scenario height of sixteen stories for some of the future buildings south of Laurel unless the Reduced Project Alternative in the FEIR is approved, and Option A is dropped.

    Referring to the community groups visuals, the Planning Director said such images are not accurate since the FAR (Floor to Area Ratio) south of Laurel is 3.5 which limits the size of buildings, compared with 5 for the Downtown Area. It took a member of the public in his two minutes at the podium to remind staff that a developer can obtain a waiver for FAR, resulting in a higher FAR number and a taller building. Staff confirmed that fact as correct, a bit reluctantly in my view.

    It was acknowledged that such heights are possible but highly unlikely since above 8 stories requires steel construction which is more expensive. Staff pointed to the fact that none of the new buildings downtown is above 8 stories. However, “unlikely” is different from “not permitted.” No-one can predict the direction of new state housing bills so keeping the existing zoned heights and adopting the Reduced Project Alternative as recommended by most of the public who spoke is well advised. Under this scenario, the Warriors stadium and over a thousand housing units are easily accommodated.

    One fact the city is coy about sharing is that since January 2024 the state-mandated density bonus is currently at 100 percent versus the previous 50 percent. Now, a housing project can be  double the FAR, and apparently whatever height is needed to accommodate that density if a certain number and level of below market rate units are included. The draft EIR makes no mention of that fact and studies the impact only of the 50 percent density bonus. All examples staff used at the meeting were limited to the impact of the 50 percent density bonus, not the 100 percent. It is omissions such as this that feed public distrust and the sense that staff favors the interests of developers.

    Staff has developed an alternative to the State Density Bonus for this new Downtown Expansion Plan, called the Downtown Density Bonus. Staff claims this version of a density bonus will provide even more below-market-rate units, as much as 30 percent. I have no idea how this works legally vis a vis the state, but it is presented as an incentive for developers to stay at the 85 feet height limit. I cannot fathom how providing more inclusionary units in a project is an incentive for developers to build lower heights than they could build with the state density bonus. Recall the Measure M campaign that would have capped heights at current zoning and increased the Inclusionary rate from the current 20 percent to 25 percent? Remember how the campaign was vehemently attacked by housing activists, developers and YIMBYs as being so unrealistic that no affordable housing would be built under such conditions. It just wouldn’t pencil! Now an even larger number of Inclusionary units than under Measure M is being touted as an incentive to build. The fact that some of the low-income units can be traded for moderate doesn’t alter the fact that what was previously touted as a disincentive to build affordable housing is now an incentive. The city also offers alternatives; the developer has an option to provide no Inclusionary units onsite but rather off-site somewhere within the coastal zone. Maybe on that upzoned 6.3 acres at the edge of town across from De Anza Mobile Home Park?

    After public comment it was the commissioners time for deliberation and action. Commissioner Rachel Dann offered a lengthy motion that best captured the public’s comments, including a request from the Carpenters’ Union representatives that a recommendation for local carpenters be added. The motion included preserving the existing Front St. Residential Care center which otherwise would be eradicated and very hard to replicate.  Her motion died for the lack of a second. After that it was easy sailing for approval of the staff recommendation and the FEIR, with the addition of the Carpenters’ Union request. It was a 4-1 vote with two members absent. The final decision will be made at the city council meeting on May 13th barring any last-minute change.

    That might have ended the evening except commissioner Pete Kennedy wanted to share that he “gets a little upset at the tone” coming from the public. That he finds it “super annoying” when members of the public ask to slow things down; that it “bugs” him when people say they haven’t had a chance to read a document; that he is “outraged by the photoshopped” visuals and that he feels it is “so wrong to put out that propaganda.” Apparently, the chair’s earlier admonishment to refrain from discouraging public comments applies only to the public and not to those holding power.

    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...

    Reminder of the scrabble event this weekend, and more from Becky next week!
    ~Webmistress

    Play scrabble and help support our county law library!

    Help support the Law Library and have fun playing scrabble on Saturday, April 26 for a few hours in the morning.
    Law Library Scrabble Tournament

    The County has a fabulous Law Library in the basement of 701 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz that provides help to hundreds of people each year that cannot afford an attorney to represent them.  The Library is not funded by the County or the State, but only by a meager percentage of initial court filing fees, and operates on a budget of about $200,000 annually.  With an increase in people applying for and receiving fee waivers, the Library’s funding has decreased.

    Come support the Library with a rousing game of Scrabble.  Walk-ins welcome.

    See you there!

    WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  PLAY SCRABBLE AND SUPPORT THE COUNTY LAW LIBRARY.
    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...
    Prevarication

    How many people do you know who would say, “I am a prevaricator.” However, prevarication is rife in our society, and it is time to bring it to an end. And, no, I’m not pointing fingers at one particular person.

    Of course, the response to prevarication is, “what do you mean?” Seek to understand: that’s the first rule. Maybe then we’ll awaken people so they stop lying so much. I am particularly annoyed by people’s tendency to prevaricate when speaking about the environment. Subjects that most people should know about, but don’t, are probably the most likely to invite straying from the truth. There’s lots of conjecture about the way people think things work in nature.

    Prevarication Example
    It is so rare to have an informed conversation about any piece of seemingly pro-environmental policy, but why not give it a try? For instance, you might ask your housemate, “What do you think about the federal Endangered Species Act?” Chances are good that you’ll get the average citizen answer, which goes:

    “I am in favor of species conservation, but if I owned property, I wouldn’t want to have my property confiscated just because there’s an endangered species on it.”

    There’s some deep prevarication in that reply. No one gets their property taken away from them because of the presence of endangered species. Moreover, no one really owns property, anyway – “buying” a property is merely transferring certain rights from one entity to the next. Somehow, perhaps because of social engineering by corporate media, many people have become prevaricators.

    In Response
    Let’s play out that example to see how it might go when seeking to understand. Here’s the answer again: “I am in favor of species conservation, but if I owned property, I wouldn’t want to have my property confiscated just because there’s an endangered species on it.” What if you said in reply,

    “Have you heard about people getting their land confiscated because there are endangered species on it?”

    How do you think the conversation would go from there? That’s a tense moment which could go into defensiveness like,

    “Of course! Everyone knows they take people’s land away all the time! Where’ve you been?!”

    or perhaps more dangerously they might reply with a question like,

    “What do you know about how the government deals with someone’s property when it has endangered species on it?”

    Here is the information age challenge: we know too little about too many things, and it can be difficult to answer such (good!) questions from curious people.

    All Politics Is Local
    I believe the answer to prevarication is to let experience talk, and to bolster that experience with research. Let’s not get so far removed from those approaches as to talk about things with which we have little personal knowledge and/or have put in too little time to find out facts. When I speak with people about the Federal Endangered Species Act, I am able to share some personal experience, using local situations. On the Monterey Bay, we care about the California condor, coho salmon, California red-legged frog, Ohlone tiger beetle, and Santa Cruz tarplant. I’ve witnessed hundreds of people curiously listen to stories about how we’re working together to recover those species from the precipice of extinction. Ranchers, land trust workers, people who like to fish, environmentalists, folks with homes along rivers and streams, State Parks managers, property developers, Resource Conservation District personnel, real estate agents, and many others interact positively with the Federal Endangered Species Act. Right Here. Right Now.

    This is a favorite subject of mine, so I have figured out pathways to raise this issue whenever there’s conversational space.

    Finding Space
    How do we know that there’s conversational space that allows for bringing up the subjects with which we are familiar, where there is prevarication-filled space that needs healing within our society? There are two subjects that you can use as cues to get ready to introduce your favorite issue: weather and pets. These subjects are ‘safe,’ everyone has a story to share, and the more time we spend discussing them, the less time we have for making progress on our prevarication tendencies. Let’s practice by imagining the quiet space during a backyard gathering when someone says:

    “How’s Fido doing after that surgery you mentioned last time we were together?”

    That conversation has to play out, right, but it is a sign that there is conversation space available. Look for the resolution of that story. Don’t be rude! You might say, “I’m so glad that Fido isn’t licking his stitches anymore!” After that kind of gentle ending, I am prepared to quickly interject my favorite subject: “I am so happy that we can reliably visit California condors in Big Sur and the Pinnacles! That was sure a close call. Their numbers are growing thanks to the Federal Endangered Species Act, which is the subject of a proposed, profound change, right now.” There’s a lot to unpack in such an introduction, many ways that conversation might go. We need more people to do more of this type of thing, especially when there are potentially divergent points of view in the room.

    You have to practice being kind, enthusiastic, and curious. Let’s help our fellow humans be more truthful.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Thursday, April 24, 2025
    #114 / The Temper Of The Times

    I have previously mentioned a book given to me by a friend, The Revolutionary Temper: Paris, 1748-1789. Click the following link to read that earlier blog posting, published on Halloween, last year. In that earlier blog posting, I called the book “scary.”

    Robert Darnton, who wrote The Revolutionary Temper, ends his book, really, just as the actual French Revolution begins. The last chapter of Darnton’s book is on the storming of the Bastille. A lot happened after that, and most people think of the Revolution as following, not preceding, the storming of the Bastille. If you’d like to read a book that considers a more complete trajectory of the French Revolution, you can click right here. That link will take you to my blog post discussing A New World Begins, by Jeremy D. Popkin.

    Darnton has a specific point in mind, as he ends his book just when others who have written about the French Revolution think that the Revolution was just beginning. Here is Darnton’s point. What counts most, when revolutionary changes occur in history, is the changed “minds” of the people. The “actions” that accomplish what we come to call a “revolution” are only possible once the minds of the people have been changed. This review in The Guardian can give you a pretty good idea of Darnton’s argument.

    Let me also draw to your attention what Darnton says on Page 451 of his book, as he sums up his arguments in an afterword:

    Most of us accept the world as it is and assume that it holds together firmly enough to constitute reality. 

    This is, I think, an accurate statement. Revolutions (and the actions that cause them to occur) happen when what “exists” is no longer taken to define the limits of “reality,” and when what “exists” is no longer taken to be “inevitable.” Revolutions happen when people begin to understand that “reality” (in the “Human World” that we create) is not something that we need to accept, just because that is the way things are. Getting our minds around that thought, the idea that we can actually build a world that reflects things the way they are “spozed to be,” is what actually makes revolutionary changes possible.

    Or, as some protesters put it:

    I am no longer accepting the things I cannot change. I am changing the things I cannot accept.

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...
    LOST GENERATION, ROADKILL, BABY SHOES, PRISON BARS

    King George III Redux inhabits the Oval Office now that we’ve reached the tipping point separating democracy from a dictatorship! King Donald is openly flouting the courts and the rule of law in deporting US residents to his mega-prison in El Salvador, and is now threatening to do the same to American citizens who displease him, one of the grievances against King George enumerated in the Declaration of Independence. The test case seems to be in the person of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a legal resident of Maryland who was whisked off the streets and sent to the notoriously evil prison in El Salvador…admittedly a mistake as disclosed in court by a Justice Department official, who was then axed from the job for committing such an error against the administration. In an Oval Office meeting with Salvadoran dictator Nayib BukeleTrump declared that, “the homegrowns are next…you gotta build about five more places…it’s not big enough.” If Abrego Garcia can be kidnapped and flown to a foreign country’s prison, then American citizens are in jeopardy. Justice Sonia Sotomayor wrote, “The Government’s argument…implies that it could deport and incarcerate any person, including US citizens, without legal consequence, so long as it does so before a court can intervene.” Alaska’s Republican senator, Lisa Murkowski, said, “we’re all afraid” of freely speaking out against Trump, simply because she knows from experience that he will respond with petty vengeance and irrational retribution. She, along with every GOP officeholder, is responsible in some fashion for the destructive rise of Trumpism, so it would be remarkable for any one of them to speak up about the dismantling of our democracy. Murkowski sees that the fear of Trump has risen by degrees not seen before, admitting that she is “oftentimes very anxious” about speaking out, even though she has been one of the foremost critics in her party. Responding to a question from her audience about how we should address people who are fearful of the current political climate, her response was, “We are all afraid.” Allowing that statement to briefly sink in, she then said, “It’s quite a statement. We’re in a time and place where — I don’t know, I certainly have not — I have not been here before. And I’ll tell you, I’m oftentimes very anxious myself about using my voice because retaliation is real. And that’s not right. But that’s what you’ve asked me to do and so I’m going to use my voice to the best of my ability.”

    Matt Kerbel from Wolves and Sheep on Substack, writes, “This is a very revealing response, and it seems as though Murkowski recognizes in real time just how revealing it is for a US senator to admit to a constituent she is afraid to use her platform for fear of retaliation and she doesn’t know what to do about it.” Kerbel surmises that she isn’t necessarily worried about political retaliation, since she lost her Republican primary in 2010, but then won re-election through a write-in campaign — a somewhat amazing feat to get over 100,000 voters to spell her name correctly on the ballot — she is worried about her personal safety! Trump’s vindictiveness could also cause problems for Alaska, her constituents and their businesses. Kerbel says, “She is also pulling off the cover of Washington Republicans who are expressing their fears in private.” She expressly said, “We are ALL afraid.” The writer asks, “Is it not right that retaliation is real? That’s what Murkowski appears to be saying, and it is inarguably true. But is she also recognizing as she speaks that it is not right to hold a position of power and be afraid to use it? As Murkowski pivots back to the constituents question, she leaves the impression that what’s not right is her reluctance to speak out.” As she confesses being anxious about herself and using her voice, she then assures her audience, “But that’s what you’ve asked me to do.” Kerbel accuses her of saying less than she probably thinks she does, as she shifts to the future tense, acknowledging things left undone, with a promise that she will do more. He speculates that she will keep a low profile and talk to her colleagues, be a charmer without upsetting the relationships she has built — but in the end, she doesn’t know, and for the sake of the country she needs to figure it out fast. “She will not find an easy answer. But we have reached a moment when, and if, she cannot embrace the uncomfortable, then perhaps the answer is to step aside for someone who can — or let the voters do it next year,” Kerbel concludes.

    Murkowski has repeatedly criticized the Trump administration’s policies and the mindless devotion of those within the GOP. She has rebuked the president for casting aside our allies in his alignment with dictator Vladimir Putin, and for his Oval Office performance against Ukraine’s Zelensky. Her opposition to Elon Musk and his DOGE chainsaw’s destruction of government agencies she describes, “as hard as anything I’ve engaged in in the 20-plus years in the Senate,” when she has to face constituents who have been fired from their positions without notice, afraid to speak up from fears of retaliation. Trump backed a challenger in her 2022 reelection campaign, but she was able to be victorious, and even if Musk steps up to finance a challenger for her post, that would not be until 2028. Stephen Colbert, on The Late Show, said the ‘administrative error’ that sent Kilmar Abrego Garcia to rot in the El Salvador prison was a “mistake made on purpose” as a way to publicly threaten American citizens with with same fate. “We’re not on our way to a dictator-ship, we’re on the ship,” as he pondered whether there might be a “break-glass-if-Constitution-stops-working-mechanism.” Colbert also offered his take on Trump’s physician’s comments after the recent physical exam, referring to the president’s “active lifestyle,” especially his “frequent victories in golf events” which contribute to Trump’s well-being. Colbert’s rendering of the statement: “His well-being is also due to a cruel, indifferent universe where good, hardworking people are routinely diagnosed with terminal illnesses, but an objectively evil monster who only eats cheeseburgers and fried chicken lives forever. The world is chaos. There is no God, proven by his frequent victories in golf events.”

    Of course the taxpayer is picking up the bill for Trump’s medical care, and also for the physician who narrates the president’s canned, prepared statement on his outstanding condition following the ‘exam.’ Coincidentally, Trump recently signed yet another executive order, this one aiming at a delay in Medicare negotiations for a broad category of prescription drugs, all in response to a lobbying campaign by Big Pharma to fight efforts to rein in its pricing policies. The order, entitled “Lowering Drug Prices by Once Again Putting Americans First,”  puts Robert F Kennedy Jr in the forefront to work with Congress to “modify” price negotiations as established under the Biden administration — negotiations which had previously yielded worthy results, despite the industry’s efforts to have the courts overturn the outcome. One specific aspect of the order calls for a four-year extension of the period during which small-molecule prescription drugs are exempt from price negotiations with Medicare, usually not for a period of nine years after FDA approval. Small-molecule drugs, usually taken in pill form, represent 90% of medications currently in circulation, so the four-year extension represents a significant span in which to earn even more profits. Drug policy advocate Steve Knievel, of Public Citizen, warns that by pushing back negotiation dates for drugs will likely reverse any recent progress on this issue, doing the opposite of the executive order’s loftily titled goal. Knievel sees Trump’s proposal undermining Biden’s singular achievement to address forty years of Big Pharma’s price gouging, a “total capitulation to the demands of drug corporation lobbyists that want to continue to overcharge Medicare beneficiaries and taxpayers.” The advocacy group ‘Protect Our Care’ said, “Trump just caved to Big Pharma — again. The only winners here are the drug companies.” A group called ‘Seniors 4 Better Care’ is revealed to be a front for a lobbyist-led shell group called the ‘American Prosperity Alliance,’ and its ads deceptively appear to be targeting Trump and his MAGA group, while GOP lawmakers receive pharmaceutical industry campaign cash to support the objectives laid out in Trump’s order, which only echoes lobbyist’s language against any negotiations. Merith Basey of ‘Patients for Affordable Drugs,’ says, “This is yet another attempt by Big Pharma to rig the system in its favor — at the expense of patients.”

    Gregg Gonsalves writes in The Nation“The scope and scale of attacks on the National Institutes of Health and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the firings of thousands of staff, and the broader shutdown of programs and slashing of budgets across HHS are unprecedented. Institutions are reeling, imperiling frontline work to protect public health and aborting progress on new advances in the treatment and prevention of infectious and chronic diseases.” Gonsalves questions ‘why’ this is being done, “some framing the cuts as a response to Kennedy’s ‘Make America Healthy Again’ agenda, or an attempt to downsize a government gone wild — anything to try to shoehorn the rationale for these actions into some sort of standard, political logic.” What he sees “is a purge of the administrative state, of universities, of expertise, consistent with China’s Cultural Revolution, or the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia as it dismantled the tsarist civil service, and sans the bloodshed of those events, the comparison is still relevant.” “The goal is to get rid of an entire set of people and institutions in the service of a radical ideology. While the short-term effects of the administration’s policies have been well-articulated, the long-term ones are just as chilling. In less than 100 days, President Trump has created a lasting legacy: We have lost a generation of expertise, of systems built up to care for our nation and provide for our collective future in terms of scientific advances,” he writes. If Trump is gone from the scene, these resources won’t just spring back to life — people are seeking other opportunities, students and trainees are missing their chances to enter their chosen professions and they won’t wait around indefinitely for the political winds to change. Gonsalves says some government agency officials are being offered positions in remote areas of Alaska or Montana to remain in federal service, the consolation being that they aren’t getting a bullet to the head as they are marched into the countryside to face a kind of exile. He writes, “We’re in deep trouble. The midterms, the 2028 elections, should they change the balance of power in Congress or who is in the White House, all come too late. The patient is bleeding out in the waiting room. American science, public health, and healthcare will be damaged for a generation or more.” Answering the ‘why’ this is being done, he concludes, “Because this is what they want — psychologies or philosophies are irrelevant at this moment. We are living through times that are now focused on destruction as a central goal, meant to inflict pain and suffering on millions now and into the future, long after THEY are gone.”

    Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr is seeing incoming flak after his claims last week regarding what people living with autism CAN’T do, getting slammed after asserting that the disorder is “preventable” and on an epidemic scale in the US. In a press conference, Kennedy quacked that, “These are kids who will never pay taxes,” which prompted Ronny Chieng of the Daily Show to ask, “Wait, that’s what you’re going to lead with? That’s like a big tragedy for you? It’s not even accurate, I mean, autistic people do pay taxes. Are you thinking of art history majors?” Chieng then played a video of conspiracy theorist Kennedy babbling, “They’ll never hold a job, they’ll never play baseball, they’ll never write a poem, they’ll never go out on a date.” Chieng blasted RFK’s claims as “ridiculous,” saying, “Autistic kids will never write poems? Well, who wants kids to write more poems? That’s something we SHOULD be preventing. Who even made RFK the judge of what makes life worth living? I’m sorry they’ll never know the joy of planting bear carcasses in Central Park.” Rex Huppke of USA Today quotes in his column, Dr. Eric Fombonne, an autism researcher and professor emeritus at Oregon Health and Science University“Of course it’s ridiculous. If it’s coming from the mouth of the guy who drinks raw milk and brags about eating roadkill, there’s a near-100% chance it’s going to be ridiculous.” Huppke reminds us to not forget who wanted the charlatan in charge of HHS“This is the Republican Party’s guy. They signed, sealed and delivered him, handing our nation’s health to a snake-oil salesman.”

    Under the draconian DOGE budget cuts, the Administration for Community Living will be disbanded and its so-called ‘critical’ programs will be integrated into other HHS agencies — the most important of these being ‘Meals on Wheels,’ known for providing more than 261 million meals to older adults, assistance such as respite care for over 1.5 million family caregivers, and independent-living services to almost 250,000 people with disabilities in 2022 alone. The ACL is budgeted only $2.5 million a year, so it remains to be seen if this is considered a ‘critical program,’ despite Trump’s claim, “We love our seniors.” Richard Festa, executive director of advocacy group ‘Alliance for Retired Americans’ says those are empty words played against the drastic cuts already seen at HHS, leaving many to go hungry due to the needless cuts. Elon Musk’s DOGE posse has already cut billions in funding for maternal health care, research and community programs, leaving providers struggling and expectant mothers without critical care — Brooklyn-based maternal health advocate, Sevonna Brown, had to immediately stop her work after DOGE froze more than $2 million in funding – all this in spite of Musk’s claim that declining birth rates worldwide is a threat to civilization. Time for Musk to go for child number 15? On his show, Jimmy Kimmel reported that Elon has fathered “many mini-Musks” in order to “seed the world in his own image” — not surprising to Kimmel since we already know “he loves babies,” having spent $300 million to get one elected president. Kimmel reports that The Wall Street Journal published “a bonkers account of Musk’s efforts” to recruit women to carry his children, and then buys their silence with multi-million dollar nondisclosure agreements, with sources saying there could be “many more mini-Musks out there that no one knows about.” Kimmel asks, “Who says romance is dead? You’ve heard of ‘Alien v. Predator? Elon might be both.”

    The satirical Borowitz Report has Andy writing: “A South African man who invested millions in Donald J Trump is in a ‘state of shock’ after losing a fortune, the man said on Monday. ‘I’m still trying to process what went wrong,’ he said. ‘If Donald Trump can’t make money, who can?’ The man said he was ‘baffled’ that his investment had soured, given Trump’s ‘unparalleled track record of business success.’ ‘I just don’t understand how this happened,’ he said. ‘He seemed so smart on The Apprentice.'”

    With the April 15 tax filing deadline behind us, Helaine Olen, managing editor of the American Economic Liberties Project, reports that Intuit, parent company of TurboTax has received its tax refund — in a manner of speaking. TurboTax has spent two decades lobbying against the IRS making it easier for people to file taxes online, and it seems that Intuit’s $1 million donation to Trump’s inauguration committee has done the trick — while claiming the donation was “part of our decades-long commitment to bipartisan advocacy.” The trick is on the American taxpayer who will no longer be able to file simple tax returns online for free, with the administration’s elimination of the IRS’ Direct File program. The National Retail Federation’s annual tax return survey says that 40% of US adults will prepare taxes themselves using computer software, which is a $31 billion market for Intuit and H&R Block, after Americans have spent 1.7 billion hours preparing their returns. Contrast this to more than three dozen countries where government sends eligible taxpayers a pre-filled return, which the filer signs and returns if it is accurate — if not, the taxpayer can dispute it. During the Clinton administration, Congress passed a law ordering the IRS to come up with, by 2008, a ‘return free’ offering for people with simple returns — the clock is still ticking on that. Such a system would not be difficult to create, since we are simply sending the government information it already has on W2 and 1099 forms — the complexity lies with the tax prep industry who earn huge profits by charging to perform a service which should cost nothing — it’s all just a make-work scheme even if we don’t see the truth — but now we don’t even have the free option. Enjoy your refund, TurboTax — baby needs new shoes, or maybe a Tesla.

    Here’s one to keep an eye on: Trump’s MAGA team has contacted the IRS to review audits of “high profile” friends of the president, one friend being conspiracy theorist Mike ‘My Pillow’ Lindell. Mikey has told a judge that he’s struggling to pay court-imposed sanctions because his finances are “in ruins” and his credit rating has hit bottom among lenders, and is now unable settle with voting software company Smartmatic. With friends in high places, Lindell may not have to face the pending audit at the IRS, but it is suggested this is all just a misunderstanding and that Treasury may have ‘misconstrued’ the request, having to do with Employee Retention Credit from having to lay off hundreds of employees. Accused of failing to hand over financial documents to the court, Lindell claims he has nothing to hide. “They’re not going to silence me. I will keep going until we get to paper ballots being hand-counted and melt these voting machines down and turn them into prison bars,” he said. Jimmy Kimmel joked, “Lindell may be the only person on Earth whose life was better when he was smoking crack.” Watch this space!

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Soothing

    “The spoken word is man’s physician in grief. For this alone has soothing charms for the soul.”
    ~Menander

    “The very winds whispered in soothing accents, and maternal Nature bade me weep no more.”
    ~Mary Shelley

    “There is no language like the Irish for soothing and quieting.”
    ~John Millington Synge

    “We are able to find everything in our memory, which is like a dispensary or chemical laboratory in which chance steers our hand sometimes to a soothing drug and sometimes to a dangerous poison.”
    ~Marcel Proust

    “The first big stars, Bessie Smith, Ma Rainey, you know, these were gigantic stars. I even wonder sometimes whether all music actually comes from women, whether the first glimmering of music is a mother soothing a baby.”
    ~Hugh Laurie

    ...

    I adore this woman! I don’t know what it is about her soothing voice and her blissful attitude towards art, but it makes me feel like I could art too!


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    April 16 – 22, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… back next week … Steinbruner… speak up for landlines…come play some scrabble!… Hayes… Cover crops … Patton… The Politics Of Sleepwalking … Matlock… low flow shower heads…sponging up the A.1….bond dumps…metamorphosis… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… a new take on “Street Art”… Quotes on… “Ingenuity”

    ...

    LA BAHIA…FORMERLY CASA DEL REY APARTMENTS. The La Bahia Apartments were originally designed as the luxury Casa Del Rey Apartments. Back in the Golden Age of Santa Cruz Tourism, before WWII, they were part of a sprawling tourist complex that included the Casa Del Rey Hotel (300 rooms), a 150-unit Cottage City, a trolley terminal and railway station, a night club, convention facilities in the Boardwalk Casino, gardens, tennis courts, a putting green, and the golf and country club at Pogonip.

    photo credit: private photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

    Dateline: April 16, 2025

    PROTESTS. You gotta wonder if they help or not. And then you have to protest anyway, even if you don’t believe that it makes a difference. I was just talking to an old friend back home in Sweden, and more and more European countries are advising their citizens to travel with burner phones instead of their normal cell phones, and to take extra digital precautions because of invasive surveillance and border prisons. People are flabbergasted.

    ~Webmistress

    ...

    MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
    Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
    I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
    ~Sarge

    STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
    I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
    ~Sarge

    NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
    Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

    THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    ...
    Gillian will be back!

    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...
    SPEAK UP AT PUC HEARINGS TO KEEP LANDLINES

    The California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) is holding a series of public hearings regarding AT&T’s request (again) to scoot out of providing landline telephone service to customers.  Take a look at the schedule of public hearings and speak up!

    STATE FIRE CODES UPDATING THIS YEAR INCLUDE BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS
    Per a news release by the State Dept. of Forestry and Fire Protection, details are forthcoming for a July 24 Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) Symposium that will guide the updates to the State Fire Code.  Stay tuned!

    AB 305 WOULD ALLOW MICRO-NUCLEAR ENERGY POWER FACILITIES IN COMMUNITIES
    (c) The commission shall continue to receive and process notices of intention and applications for certification pursuant to this division division, but shall not issue a decision pursuant to Section 25523 granting a certificate until the requirements of this section have been met. All other permits, licenses, approvals, or authorizations for the entry or use of the land, including orders of court, which that may be required may be processed and granted by the governmental entity concerned, but construction work to install permanent equipment or structures shall not commence until the requirements of this section have been met.
    (d) (1) This section does not apply to a small modular reactor.
    (2) For purposes of this subdivision, “small modular reactor” means a nuclear reactor with an electrical generating capacity of up to 300 megawatts per unit.

    SEC. 3.
    Section 711 is added to the Public Utilities Code, to read:

    711.
    On or before January 1, 2028, the commission shall adopt a plan to increase the procurement of electricity generated from nuclear facilities and to phase out the procurement of electricity generated from natural gas facilities.
    (c) The commission shall continue to receive and process notices of intention and applications for certification pursuant to this division division, but shall not issue a decision pursuant to Section 25523 granting a certificate until the requirements of this section have been met. All other permits, licenses, approvals, or authorizations for the entry or use of the land, including orders of court, which that may be required may be processed and granted by the governmental entity concerned, but construction work to install permanent equipment or structures shall not commence until the requirements of this section have been met.
    (d) (1) This section does not apply to a small modular reactor.
    (2) For purposes of this subdivision, “small modular reactor” means a nuclear reactor with an electrical generating capacity of up to 300 megawatts per unit.

    California AB305 | 2025-2026 | Regular Session

    PLAY SCRABBLE AND HELP SUPPORT OUR COUNTY LAW LIBRARY
    Help support the Law Library and have fun playing scrabble on Saturday, April 26 for a few hours in the morning.
    Law Library Scrabble Tournament

    The County has a fabulous Law Library in the basement of 701 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz that provides help to hundreds of people each year that cannot afford an attorney to represent them.  The Library is not funded by the County or the State, but only by a meager percentage of initial court filing fees, and operates on a budget of about $200,000 annually.  With an increase in people applying for and receiving fee waivers, the Library’s funding has decreased.

    Come support the Library with a rousing game of Scrabble.  Walk-ins welcome.

    See you there!

    WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  PLAY SCRABBLE AND SUPPORT THE COUNTY LAW LIBRARY.
    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...
    Cover Crops

    Here is a lesson in knowing better where your food comes from. I am a part-time farmer, a member of a cooperative called Molino Creek Farm. We practice crop rotation, including resting land between crops, especially our famous dry-farmed tomatoes. Jim Cochran, the father of modern organic strawberries grown at scale and resulting in very, very tasty fruit, discovered that, by rotating strawberries with other crops you could keep soil borne diseases at bay.

    After years of studying the various options to reduce highly polluted runoff flowing from agricultural lands into the Elkhorn Slough, I found a widespread consensus: cover crops could play a very meaningful role.

    ‘What ARE cover crops?’

    They are plants grown to add nutrients and carbon to the soil and to hold the soil in place; they are not harvested for consumption by humans or livestock. Farmers integrate cover crops into their plans for crop rotation, like this:

    • Year 1, May – October: tomatoes
    • Year 1 into Year 2, October – April: bell beans cover crop
    • Year 2, May – October: winter squash
    • Year 2 into Year 3, October – April: mustard, oats, and radish cover crop
    • Year 3 May – October: fallow (dry)
    • Year 3 into Year 4: mixed cover crop, legumes and grasses “soil builder mix”
    • Year 4, back to tomatoes
    • And so on…


    Can you see how much non-crop care takes up of the schedule on this type of land? This is what taking care of the soil looks like. Lots of time taking care of the soil.

    The Wonders of Mustard

    A relatively recent cover crop change has hit the fields: mustard. There’s a world of subterranean pathogens that can cause crop loss. As you drive around the Monterey Bay, you no doubt have seen whole fields covered with a single sheet of plastic. That’s a sign that synthetic chemicals are being used for fumigating the soil: killing everything. That’s one way of getting rid of soil pathogens. Another way is crop rotation, including using mustard as your cover crop. This tall, beautiful plant can shade-stunt low-growing weeds while exuding toxins that control many types of soil pathogens that are otherwise just waiting for the right crop to attack.

    Another Mustard Relative: Daikon Radish

    Daikon radish is also used as a cover crop. A relative of mustard, it also reduces soil pathogens…and, because it has such huge, deep roots, it breaks up soil compaction.

    The white flowers of daikon radish aren’t as attractive (to me) as the yellow mustards. The many people who park along Highway 1 to get out of their cars and take lovely portraits in agricultural fields are voting for yellow over white, but those yellow flowers are a Bad Weed from South Africa – erroneously named ‘Bermuda buttercup.’


    Orchard Mash Up

    Someone recently commented on the contrast between our doubly cover cropped orchards and the extensive orchards in the Central Valley. Out there, there are miles of trees growing out of bare soil, kept bare by herbicides. On the other hand, local organic orchards have been following Orin Martin’s habits, for years on display at the UCSC Farm and Garden: planting a thick bed of bell beans between the trees in winter. Those lush, tall legumes take atmospheric nitrogen and transform it into plant available fertilizer for the orchard. The bees love the flowers, too.

    Between the trees, we, like many orchardists, are developing a diverse perennial herb and crop understory. We grow: native strawberry, comfrey, cape gooseberry, and borage with more to come. These species provide pollinators nutrition and many provide herbal remedies and food.. while suppressing other weeds which would interfere with irrigation. This perennial understory also is home to snakes and voles…the enemies of gophers, with which we have almost no orchard tree problems.


    The Problem with Cover Crops

    Given all the beauty and efficacy of cover crops, you might wonder why they aren’t being used more often. Let’s take the huge expanse of Wilder Ranch State Park, where farmers lease from the State, which has Public Trust responsibilities for conserving soil and preventing surface water contamination. Historically, hundreds of acres of that public land was harvested too late to grow a cover crop in the winter, resulting in millions of tons of topsoil being lost. Instead of the pesticide residue stuck in those soils being kept on the land by cover crops, toxins and sediment washed into creeks and the ocean. Why such a late harvest? Logistics and money. The later you can grow crops, the more competitive your prices. Also, it is impossible to get enough labor to harvest everything all at once, so staggering harvest makes logistical sense. Let’s also think about the miles of bare ground in the winter in the Pajaro and Salinas valleys.

    Agricultural land lease rates are set to the highest profit: three crops a year, no room for cover crops! Farmers in those high-rent zones simply can’t afford to pay rent on land that’s not producing a profit. So, the pollution – synthetic chemicals and sediment – is sent downstream to be someone else’s issue.

    What To Do?

    So, we are faced with a choice: do we support agriculture that grows cover crops, or not? Is the soil ‘ours’ or is it the landowners? When soil flows off of the farms and into the streams, rivers, and ocean, it is ours. In many places, there has long been too much sediment in those waters, reducing fish habitat and flooding nearby towns. You might think that the government would regulate this issue. Think again. Last time the State tried the kind of regulation that would be necessary to improve this situation, the Governor threatened to dissolve the regulators’ office. Agriculture is a powerful force in California.

    So, without regulation, it is up to us to support the kinds of farms that take care of their soil. Ask. Get to know a farmer. That’s what farmer’s markets are all about.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Tuesday, April 15, 2025

    Above, I have presented you with a picture of United States Senator Chris Murphy. I captured this image from an online interview of Murphy by David Remnick, the Editor of The New Yorker. The interview was titled, “We Are Sleepwalking Into Autocracy.”

    If you are a subscriber to The New Yorker, that link, right above, should take you to the interview. If you are not a subscriber, you may well face a paywall problem. It is a good interview, and I hope you can find a way to read it.

    Murphy tells Remnick that he is genuinely afraid that we may not have a fair election in 2026. We shouldn’t count on “politics as normal,” in other words. Nothing is normal right now.

    I, personally, think that Murphy is right to worry, and I think we need to take very seriously this statement, made by Murphy right near the end of The New Yorker interview:

    I think we are at risk of sleepwalking through this transition. We desperately want to believe that we can play politics as normal because it’s uncomfortable—really uncomfortable—to play politics as not normal. It involves taking really big risks. And, of course, you just want to wake up and believe that you live in a country where people wouldn’t make a conscious choice to move away from democratic norms. But while some people are being hoodwinked into being along for that ride, others are making the conscious choice because our democracy has been so broken for so long.

    So, yes, I believe that there is a chance that we miss this moment. We just wake up one day and we are no longer in a democracy, which is why I think we have to start acting more urgently right now.

    According to Murphy, it is a time to “wake up,” and to take extraordinary action. Again, I agree.

    I doubt, though, that enough people are going to get mobilized because of their generalized support for “democracy.” I think more specific demands may be more motivating. We can, of course (and must), agitate and demonstrate, and show ourselves opposed to the kind of outrageous actions that the president and his acolytes are taking. Cutting off humanitarian aid, on the president’s whim, with no debate or Congressional action, is a good example. Letting unelected people (like Elon Musk and his “muskrats”) get access to our sensitive amd private information, is another. But maybe we need to start organizing around positive demands. Maybe that would be more powerful.

    How about a simple, easily-understood demand that the minimum wage be raised, immediately, by no less than $10.00/hour? How about a demand that that we significantly raise taxes for all those earning over $300,000/year, and particularly for the billionaires? How about a demand that we have Medi-Care for all?

    Murphy suggested the first of those suggestions. I have added on. You (and others) can certainly add onto a list of demands that make sense and that would benefit almost every American. What “self-government” really means (what most people call “democracy”) is that the government does what the majority of the people want, and what will benefit them, with the government taking action because “we, the people,” make it take such action.

    If we are “sleepwalking” our politics (and I think too many of us are), we may well wake up to find out, as Murphy warns us, that we don’t have any real politics, anymore!

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...

    GRIFTING GOLF, BUBBA’S SHRIMP, SWEET KKKAROLINE, BE COOL!

    Despite the panic on Wall Street over the Trump tariffs fiasco, the president claimed he was “doing just fine” leading up to his annual physical exam on Friday, posting on Truth Social that he “never felt better,” and that the visit to Walter Reed Army Medical Center “must be done.” Jimmy Kimmel said on his show, “It’s funny ’cause the rest of us have never felt worse,” predicting Trump would get an “excellent” report if it should be released — pointing out that his promised release of medical records during the 2024 campaign never happened. Kimmel quipped, “Let me guess, his physical strength and stamina are extraordinary, his blood pressure is astonishing and he is by far the healthiest president to have single-handedly tanked the world economy overnight. This man has the Diet Coke button-pressing strength of a man half his age.” Since the July assassination attempt, though Trump’s stamina and strength have been scrutinized, Dr. Marc Siegel says the miraculous survival showed an “adroitness” in the MAGAt leader. Last October over 230 doctors, nurses and other healthcare professionals asked for a release of records, with supporters of VP Kamala Harris claiming, “With no recent disclosure of health information from Donald Trump, we are left to extrapolate from public appearances. And on that front, Trump is falling concerningly short of any standard of fitness for office and displaying alarming characteristics of declining acuity.” In NovemberFlorida neurosurgeon Dr. Brett Osborn told Fox News Digital that the president remained in good health, and, “The fact that he attended 120 events in seven months, often multiple rallies in a single day in different states, is proof-positive that Trump has a tremendous amount of stamina, mentally and physically.”

    As expected, the Sunday following the Medical Center exam, the White House physician released a memorandum declaring Donald Trump “fully fit” to perform the duties of the presidency, citing his “frequent victories” in golf tournaments as evidence of his robust health. The memo included details of lab work, physical exams, a skin exam and a cognitive test, conjecturing (considering that Trump himself filled in some of the blanks on the document) that The Don is in “excellent health.” Alexa Lisitza reports on BuzzFeed that the president has reportedly spent 18 out of his first 69 days in office on one of his golf courses — working on his swing one-fourth of his second term. From a 2019 Government Accountability Office report, a HuffPost analysis concludes his golf outings have cost the taxpayers about $26,127,531. Social media comments called taxpayer money used on golfing as wasteful, and that DOGE should be looking into reducing this waste of funds, especially since the outings are taking place at Trump-owned facilities where significant chunks of money go directly into his pockets since his entourage of staff and secret service must use the golf carts and other club amenities — no discounts for the help! Another post called his golf habits “the least of my worries, when he’s talking about a third term, with conservatives pretending they care about the Constitution when they demonstrably don’t.” “I’m far less concerned about him golfing than I am with him kicking off wars all across the globe with former allies. Quite frankly, him wasting time golfing is time he isn’t signing more fascist executive orders,” contributed another. Many prefer that he remain on the greens, summed up by UmpireMental7070: “I wish he’d play golf every day. He does less damage to my retirement fund there.”

    Chris Hayes of MSNBC’s ‘All In With Chris Hayes’ sees Trump running the US economy like a mad king, saying, “You cannot build a factory or set up a supply line if there’s someone in charge who might burn it down today, or tomorrow, or in 90 days.” Making the US economy analogous to a house in which Trump ignited a fire with his sweeping tariffs, only to watch it burn until he lost his nerve, Hayes says he put out most of that fire, desiring high praise for doing so. Now we’re left with partial, smoldering destruction, unsure of its habitability or whether or not another torch will be thrown into it. Nobody knows, as the domestic and world markets soothe the burns of a loss of over $10 trillion in value following Trump’s initial announcement. Stocks tumbled the day following, and with White House Press Secretary Leavitt’s statement that the president would not change his course, the third day brought another stock plummet — followed by Trump’s social media post asking everyone to “BE COOL! Everything is going to work out well.” A few minutes later he posted a hot stock tip, “THIS IS A GREAT TIME TO BUY!!” Hours later, Trump got cold feet and authorized a 90 day pause on the tariffs, but not before many government officials had taken his hot stock tip seriously and loaded up their portfolios with depressed stocks just in the nick of time as markets rebounded dramatically. Hayes calls Trump, “One erratic man with unilateral power who flits from whim to whim, imposing whatever tariffs he wants whenever he feels like it, doing it mostly to feel powerful and respected to have the rest of the world ‘kiss his butt.’ He is so pleased with himself for saving a few rooms in the house he set on fire. He is also deluded. Prices are still almost certainly going to rise, and growth is likely going to fall. We are still in for that pain. The threat of a global trade war still exists. Fox Business’ Charles Gasparino alleged Trump backed down because…it could destabilize the debt of the US federal government.” Little known fact from history: As Rome burned, Nero signed an executive order on improving shower heads.

    A large holder of US bonds — Japan — was allegedly ‘dumping’ its bonds, forcing the administration’s hand. T-Bonds are a foundational asset of the entire global financial system, a famously safe haven in uncertain times, contributing to America’s status as a superpower, with China and Japan being the biggest holders — and not very appreciative of Trump’s antagonistic moves. So with their dumping of bonds, Trump admitted that these actions contributed to his 90-day pause of tariffs, saying, “They were getting a little bit yippy, a little bit afraid…the bond market is very tricky. I was watching it. But if you look at it now, it’s beautiful…I saw last night where people were getting a little queasy.” Chris Hayes says, “Trump thinks that by pressing the PAUSE button and goosing stocks, he has fixed everything. But that gets at another reason why demand for American Treasury bonds is down: the full faith and credit of the US is not what it used to be — not when it is entirely bound up in the whims of one man. You cannot run a national economy — much less a global economy — based on how Trump is feeling and who is kissing his butt from hour to hour.” Stephen Colbert commented on Trump’s ‘BE COOL’ post and his remark that people were “getting yippy,” saying, “Yeah, exactly, Russia was watching Trump tank the economy and going, ‘Yippee!'” On Trump’s boast that the markets had the “biggest day in financial history,” with the S&P 500 index making its largest gain since WWII, Colbert pointed out that ‘biggest’ isn’t the same as ‘best.’ “That’s why on Mother’s Day you don’t give her a mug that says, ‘World’s Biggest Mom,'” he cracked.

    A writer on Quora posts: “Our reputation will lie in tatters. Our economy will almost certainly be smaller. Prices will be higher, so quality of living will drop. But that’s the easy part of the forecast. The harder bit? How long it will take to recover. One of the things we learned in Trump’s first term is that a lot of things we thought were laws were really norms that could be ignored by a man without shame or decency. I expected Biden’s four years would be filled with patching those holes, though to a lot of progress was not made due to the split in Congress. Then Retribution Trump returns, and this time even things that are clearly against the law are being violated with impunity. Congress has rendered itself irrelevant, and Trump is now taking aim at both lawyers and the federal courts — which Mike Johnson suggested they just might get rid of, three co-equal branches of government notwithstanding. And we’re only two months in. At this pace, it’s hard to imagine how little of our core principles will be done by the time The First Convicted Felon finishes raping the country. And getting consensus on how to fix the foundational damage will be made worse by the economic issues listed at the outset, as No-One-Has-Time-For-That when you’re struggling to put food on the table. I’ve been asking some smart people how long it will take us to recover. Even among the most optimistic, the fastest prediction I’ve heard is 25 years. Most say, ‘not in my lifetime.’ Which is terrifying.”

    Saturday Night Live’s Weekend Update host, Colin Jost, started off the segment last week quipping that POTUS “tried to rescue the economy from the disastrous policies of whoever was president last week” with the 90-day tariff delay, and saying, “It’s like listening to Bubba Gump talk about shrimp.” About Trump’s statement that the economic downturn was like treating an ailment, co-host Michael Che declared, “Yeah, but this feels like we took a whole bottle of medicine with a glass of vodka and laid in a warm bath.” Che got a rise from the audience with his one-liner: “It was reported that Elon Musk personally appealed to President Trump to stop his tariff plan, and it worked! The stock market went up like this,” as a photo of Musk and his infamous Nazi-like salute appeared on-screen. Jost ripped Trump and his chaotic tariffs, as well as the tech CEOs who claimed not to see it coming. “The CEOs of many tech companies who supported President Trump’s campaign have said they were surprised by all of his tariffs — well, yeah, I mean, he hardly ever mentioned them,” he said, which was then followed by a video montage of 2024 campaign promises about tariffs he would enforce if elected. The montage concluded with Trump maintaining, “I love tariffs!” Jost added, “Trump announced he was pausing most tariffs for 90 days. Now, 90 days may not seem like a long time, but remember: Trump has only been president for 82 days. Already it feels like a goddamned decade.” Che addressed Trump’s argument that it would be better if America manufactured all its own products, saying, “A new report shows that if iPhones were manufactured in the US, they could cost up to $3,500, which is a lot, but remember: your kids would get an employee discount.”

    Jon Stewart in his Daily Show opening recently, said, “Our economy is in the midst of a beautiful metamorphosis, turning from a simple caterpillar into a dead caterpillar,” as he introduced a new segment called ‘Trade Wars.’ Stewart derided Trump with a news clip of a Truth Social post reading, “Don’t be Weak! Don’t be Stupid. Don’t be a PANICAN,” as he suggested better nicknames such as ‘hystericats,’ ‘Repussicans,’ and ‘cryin-tologists,’ suggesting Trump’s nickname factory must have been shut down in the tariff war. To the lack of response from Republicans, who don’t seem fazed by the economic ripples, Stewart says, “You are all acting like the tariff regime is a tried-and-true remedy. Oh, and of course, this is the medicine that’s always prescribed! Except the last time it was tried 100 years ago we had a Great Depression.” He closed his monologue by musing on the overall issue with the tariffs. “We continue to blame everybody else in the world that we designed and policed after WWII. We’re the richest country in the world, ever! We’re not the world’s victims. If we have inequalities in this country, that’s on us. It’s not a supply problem, it’s not fair trade for the most part. It’s an investment and distribution problem — it’s our fault. And it’s not saying we can’t make adjustments and renegotiate things, but it didn’t have to be this reckless. You killed the hostage and then went, ‘Oh, ransom?’ Hey mom, look, no economy!”

    Tom Boggioni writes in his piece on Raw Story, that White House insiders have no clue what Trump’s tariff endgame will be. Politico’s White House Bureau Chief Dasha Burns was asked where the president sees the tariff game going, or is it just sort of ‘every day is another adventure?’ Her reply: “Well, he said this week it’s all about instinct, right? Look, remember how much we were reporting at the outset of this administration that chaos is the strategy? That’s how he’s going about what he’s doing with DOGE. That’s how he’s going about so many aspects of his agenda. He’s doing that with tariffs as well. He wants to keep everyone off balance, he want people to come to the table and negotiate and wonder, you know, how they’re going to do with the White House. The problem is that uncertainty and chaos is not good for markets. It’s not good for consumers and it’s certainly not good for the global economic order and the question of what the endgame is. I think a lot of people around Trump are asking themselves the same thing right now.” Fox News contributor Karl Rove advised President Trump and his administration to stop all the ‘happy talk’ as concerns over the economy grow, urging the White House to ‘temper’ its language around tariffs. Rove explained that consumer sentiment has dropped by 11 points in the last month according to the University of Michigan index, only being worse during the 2008 recession. Rove reminds us: “The important thing to remember is trade makes us richer.”

    White House Press Secretary KKKaroline Leavitt was asked why consumer confidence was so low, only to reiterate Trump’s claim that this marked a “period of transition,” and that he “wants consumers to trust in him,” and they should trust in him. “I think there’s great optimism in this economy, great optimism for the American people, a lot of reason for the people to feel optimistic. The president made it very clear when the US is punched, he will punch back harder.”  A writer on Quora posts that “whether Leavitt attended Harvard, or Yale, or a community college isn’t important and it doesn’t appear on her résumé since the job qualifications needed are few — needing only to be a loyal Trump supporter, able to regurgitate everything he says. You can see by the irritable way she responds to questions, even thought that’s her job, that she is simply repeating trigger words and phrases — repeat, defend and praise. That’s it, except for the interjection of a scowl or a condescending remark, or a derogatory comment about Joe Biden which likely gets her brownie points from Daddy, and especially if she makes sure to be rude to as many people as possible while ‘answering questions.’ She doesn’t have to be good at her job as far as providing factual information — she has been proven wrong right to her face as she spews lies to the public. Her job is to honor and worship Trump, promote his false sense of reality, be nasty to any members of the press who oppose his viewpoint, and blame everyone else — no college degree necessary.”

    And speaking of education, Education Secretary Linda McMahon spoke on an educational panel last week where she reportedly mistook artificial intelligence (AI) for A.1. Steak Sauce. While discussing the impact of AI on future education and workforce skills innovations, she confused the vinegar-based condiment with artificial intelligence, making the same error repeatedly as she spoke — a bit of an oversight to the former CEO of World Wrestling Entertainment“Kids are sponges. They just absorb everything. It wasn’t all that long ago that it was, ‘We’re going to have internet in our schools! Now let’s see A1 and how that can be helpful.” Even though the neighborhood kids come home reeking of vinegar, if it’s beneficial, who’s to say otherwise? McMahon’s blunder went viral, and A.1.’s marketing team seized the day by creating an image of a new bottle of their sauce reading, ‘For education purposes only,’ posting it on the company’s Instagram account with the text, ‘Agree, Best To Start Them Early.’ Social media exploded with roasts, critiquing her intelligence, with one person posting, “We’re ruled by the stupidest, most incompetent people in the world,” and another wrote that A.1. Sauce “will help students, and the smarter kids can move up to Thousand Island Dressing.” McMahon is working to dismantle public education and it’s encouraging that she evidently has a head start on everyone.

    Satirist Andy Borowitz writes in his The Borowitz Report, that “Attorney General Pam Bondi found a ‘serious breach of the Department of Justice’s code of conduct,’ and that she had terminated a career DOJ employee who was caught with a copy of the US Constitution on his desk. Bondi said that the employee, who had worked at the department for 37 years, had ‘raised suspicions’ by using ‘telltale phrases like due process’ in DOJ memos. At Bondi’s direction, US marshals ransacked his office, discovered the offending document, and frog-marched him out of the building. Bondi took the opportunity to remind all DOJ staffers that the US Constitution is on the Republican Party’s banned reading list.” Earlier this month, the US Naval Academy removed 381 books from its library shelves in response to President Trump’s executive order banning diversity, equity, and inclusion materials and policies in federal facilities. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth ordered the Academy to review its titles listings and remove books promoting DEI, whereupon the Academy officials identified nearly 900 books for review, afterward releasing the list of the 381 removed items. Trump’s order against DEI did not apply to US military academies, but Hegseth took it upon himself to order complete compliance, prompting school officials to also remove historic items honoring Jewish female academy graduates, later declared a mistake, with steps being taken to restore the removed pieces. Hegseth’s aggressive push to erase DEI programs and online content has been met with questions from angry lawmakers, local leaders, and citizens over the removal of military heroes and historic mentions from Defense Department websites and social media pages. House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries was quick to point out that Hegseth and the Naval Academy bans works by Maya Angelou, and works on slavery, the civil rights movement and the Holocaust, but excludes Adolf Hitler from its directive. Watch this space…and watch for lots of smoke from the burning pyres.

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Ingenuity

    “Making the simple complex doesn’t take ingenuity. Making the complex simple, now, that’s ingenuity!”
    ~Ernie J Zelinski

    “No problem of human making is too great to be overcome by human ingenuity, human energy, and the untiring hope of the human spirit.”
    ~William J. Clinton

    “A common mistake that people make when trying to design something completely foolproof is to underestimate the ingenuity of complete fools.”
    ~Douglas Adams

    “Much ingenuity with a little money is vastly more profitable and amusing than much money without ingenuity.”
    ~Arnold Bennett

    “It may well be doubted whether human ingenuity can construct an enigma… which human ingenuity may not, by proper application, resolve.”
    ~Edgar Allan Poe

    ...

    This is so darn neat! Do we have any cool looking manhole covers here in Santa Cruz?


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    April 9 – 15, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… on zoning giveaways to challenge… Steinbruner… town hall meeting Monday, on batteries!… Hayes… ‘Pests’ Reconsidered… Patton… One For All And All For One… Matlock… a disaster of idiocy…piratical penguins…boom, boom, boom… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… long forgotten/never seen photos… Quotes on… “Trees”

    ...

    COOPER HOUSE aka. SANTA CRUZ COUNTY COURTHOUSE This magnificent structure stood at the corner of Pacific and Cooper Streets (now O’Neills). It became our Cooperhouse, a center of community and cultural attractions until the quake of ’89 caused minor damage and it was torn down for greedy profit, even though it was retrofitted before the quake.

    [Having moved here in 1996, I never saw the Cooper House, but somehow I miss it anyway. It’s weird how some places can be like that, as if it’s a lingering phantom in people’s minds, and therefore you can *almost* sense what it was like. ~Webmistress]

    photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

    Dateline: April 9, 2025

    STAYING POSITIVE. I find myself torn between wanting to be informed of what is going on and wanting to curl up in bed until this whole mess is over. I see signs and evidence that people are getting involved and doing things, and some of those things are actually working! In Sackets Harbor, NY, a town of 1400 people, a mother and her 3 children were swept up by ICE and moved to a Texas detention center. ICE was looking for a South African man who was wanted in connection with child pornography charges. Why they thought it was a good idea to also take this family is beyond me. However, here’s where it gets good: in this town of less than 1400, there was a protest rally of 1000 people saying “Bring home mom & kids!”. And they succeeded! The family is back, or on their way back as we speak.

    I don’t for a second believe that all this commotion didn’t have an effect, even though we’re being told by authorities that it didn’t. As Becky always says, “Write one letter, make one phonecall, just do something!”

    SUNRISE SANTA CRUZ. If you want something to do this Sunday, Sunrise Santa Cruz has an event happening at UCSC at 1pm. Gary Patton tipped me off to this one! Click the image on the right for a larger version, which you then just click to close.

    MAKE GOOD TROUBLE, and we’ll see you next week!

    ~Webmistress

    ...

    MINDHUNTER. Netflix. Series. (8.6 IMDb) ***-
    Not a new one – just happened to watch it again, and thought it relevant for locals. Mindhunter, a docucrama based on the non-fiction account of FBI Special Agent John Douglas (renamed Holden Ford in the show) and his trials and tribulations to get the FBI to accept the concept of a “serial killer” back in ’77, and the idea that they could be profiled. Pursuant of this is a recreated serial killer fan-service list including Manson, Berkowitz, and particularly relevant for locals, Big Ed Kemper (for those tuning in late, Ed “The CoEd Killer” Kemper was the best known contributor to Santa Cruz being “affectionately” dubbed “Murder Capital of the World” back in the early ’70s). The show recreates the time and lifestyle of the time remarkably well, and the uneasy partnership of straight-laced Holt McCallany and earnest Jonathan Groff as the leads is well cast. Definitely worth a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
    I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
    ~Sarge

    STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
    I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
    ~Sarge

    NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
    Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

    THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    HEART EYES. In theaters. Movie (6.6 IMDb) **- A meet-cute rom-com – with a slasher! Odd mix, but it seems to be director Josh Ruben’s forte. Ad designer Ally (Olivia Holt) accidently presents a “historic tracic lovers” motif JUST as notorious serial killer, Heart Eyes, who murders romantic couples on Valentine’s Day, resurfaces. She teams up with “ad fixer” freelancer Jay (Mason Gooding) in a “Desk Set” will-they won’t-they team-up, until an unexpected kiss puts them in the sights of Heart Eyes. The slashing is moderately creative, the chemistry fairly good, but it just lacks a real personality for Heart Eyes (which you need for a franchise killer). Not for the timid, but not epic gorefest either. On par with Christopher Landon’s 2020 body-swap horror/comedy “Freaky” (ala Freaky Friday – only instead of mother/daughter, it’s slasher/cheerleader). ~Sarge

    ...
    Zoning Give-Aways

    The open land pictured is located at the western end of Delaware Ave. across from De Anza Mobile Home Park with UCSC Marine Labs to the west. It is one of the few remaining large open spaces left in the city. The notice announces a Planning Commission meeting for Thursday April 17 when a decision will be made whether to rezone the land; the upper 4 acres to agricultural, the lower 6.3 acres to Low-Medium Residential.

    The entire 10.3-acre site is currently zoned Low-Density Residential. Staff is requesting that the upper 4 acres be rezoned agricultural, paving the way for the Homeless Garden Project (HGP) to remain permanently at its current location on the upper edge of the site. This upper area near the railroad tracks is off-limits for housing due to its being a riparian corridor and home to the CA. red-legged frog. Ron Swenson, CEO of Swenson Solar owns the land and generously donated part of it to the HGP, selling an adjacent area near Antonelli Pond for future HGP expansion. So far so good.

    If the Planning Commission votes to rezone the remaining 6.3 acres upwards to Low-Medium Residential (upzoning), a developer will then be able to build 252 townhouses on this land. That is not a typo. Under current zoning, prior to density bonuses and Assembly Bill 1287, a developer could build a maximum of 63 townhouses on this site. How did we get from 63 to 252?

    The current zoning, Low-Density Residential allows a maximum of 10 units per acre (same as the Meder St. site). If the Planning Commission supports staff recommendation, the new zoning of Low-Medium Residential allows a maximum of 20 units per acre. That gets you to 126. Now factor in AB 1287. This state legislation, passed last year, doubles the allowed density of existing residential zoning, and waives height limits. So now we are at the 252 units of housing. What developer would not be thrilled with this four-fold increase in the value of their land without any exertion or effort? All political decisions.

    Should this upzoning pass, what it reveals is the hypocrisy of staff and elected officials. How often have we heard council and staff lament that they no longer have control over land use decisions; that the state has preempted local control. That is largely true, although we don’t see any effort to join other cities in pushing back against the state. However, this upzoning is securely under local control. It is one of the very few local discretions available to temper the rush to build as high, wide, and dense as possible. That upzoning is even on the agenda confirms that staff is unconcerned with the many voices of the community that plead for a little less height, a little less dense, at every new project hearing. Staff seem to have forgotten that they are public not developer servants. Since many do not live in the city, perhaps it’s easy for them to view their decisions abstractly; it won’t affect their views or sunlight or ability to get across town.

    It is also poor planning. This 6.3 acres is at the far western edge of town. It is not near shops, or easy walking distance of amenities, nor near a major transit hub. It is not an infill project. It is however within relatively easy access to UCSC. It’s not hard to spot the trend. Most of the units in the massive new projects typically are of dorm room size. Some developers make no bones that what they are building is for UCSC students. Providing housing for the ever-increasing UCSC student population has smoothly been passed from gown to town. Those 3,000 units about to be built on the western side of the campus? That is catch-up, allowing current overcrowded dorms to revert to the capacity for which they were designed. It is not housing for additional students nor to give off-campus rentals some breathing room. Nor is there evidence to support the developers’ claim that students moving into these pricey new off-campus units will free up existing single-family rental houses when student numbers are ever-increasing.

    The usual response from electeds and staff is to throw up their arms and proclaim, what can we do? The state has taken away our local control! Easy…do not upzone this land. Thanks to AB 1287, developers can still build double the number of units at the Low-Density zoning for a total of 126 units.

    Not Only but Also: At the same meeting, the commissioners will also decide whether to upzone the 29-acre Downtown Extension area; the site for the proposed new Arena and housing for 4,000 new residents.  Again, this rezoning decision is under local, not state control. The current zoning is 35 feet over most of the area with 48 feet near the river. Under current zoning and under AB 1287, developers can build structures as high as 8 to 10 stories. If the area is upzoned to 85 feet as is being recommended, then structures as high as 20 stories and above will be legally allowed.

    The loss of a sense of place in Santa Cruz due to massive new high-rises is largely out of our control. This is one rare opportunity when your voice will matter. The staff report for the meeting will be available on the Friday or Monday prior to the meeting. If you cannot make the meeting on the 17th which is at 7pm in city council chambers, then write to cityplan@santacruzca.gov. You can watch the meeting on Community TV at Channel 25 or online, but you cannot give input except in person or by prior email.

    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...
    Town hall meeting monday….batteries are burning, and so are our rights!

    ‘Attend the Town Hall meeting Monday, April 14, at the Watsonville Church of the Nazarene (701 Green Valley Road, Watsonville) at 6:30pm to learn what is happening in Santa Cruz County regarding three proposed lithium battery energy storage system (BESS) facilities.  The three locations proposed are Paul Sweet Road (next to Dominican Hospital), Freedom Blvd. in Aptos (near Aptos High School), and 90 Minto Road (off Green Valley Road) in Watsonville…that one is already in the permitting process.

    Why are Santa Cruz County Supervisors so silent in the aftermath of the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire about their plan to put three lithium battery energy storage system (BESS) plants in the County???

    Despite residents repeatedly asking for town hall meetings about these projects, NONE of the Supervisors will organize one.  Supervisor Felipe Hernandez stated he does not intend to do so until AFTER the Board approves the draft BESS Ordinance to finalize the three locations.  That date just got moved to September 9, 2025, but meanwhile, New Leaf Energy and Swift Consultants have applied for permits to build a lithium BESS at 90 Minto Road, just off Green Valley Road, and next to College Lake in Watsonville.

    Guest speakers at Monday’s event include Santa Cruz County Fire Marshal Chris Walters, Pajaro Valley Unified School District Trustee Gabriel Medina, survivors of the Moss Landing Vistra BESS Fire, and others.

    Please share this information with others.
    Information available on STOP Lithium BESS in Santa Cruz County (FB)

    Listen to interviews on the BESS issue, including Assemblymember Dawn Addis re AB 303, and other programs.  April 11 includes interviews with Moss Landing Vistra Fire survivor and Community grassroots organizers.
    Santa Cruz Voice, Community Matters

    FIRE SEASON (AND SANTA CRUZ CITY FIRE LEADERS) HEAT UP …BE PREPARED
    Fire Season is just around the corner.  Improve your defensible space and learn how to be better prepared for evacuations with this entertaining video by Santa Cruz City Fire Dept.

    [In this series, we eat hot wings and answer those burning questions about fire safety… | By Santa Cruz Fire Department]

    APPLY NOW TO SERVE ON THE SANTA CRUZ COUNTY CIVIL GRAND JURY
    The Santa Cruz County Court is now accepting applications for the 2025-2026 Civil Grand Jury.  Take a look, read some of the past excellent Reports, and consider applying!

    WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND THE BESS TOWN HALL MEETING MONDAY AND DEMAND YOUR COUNTY SUPERVISOR HOLD ONE AS WELL FOR TRANSPARENCY.

    JUST DO ONE THING THIS WEEK, AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE!

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...
    ‘Pests’ Reconsidered

    Our naturally discerning brains overcategorize a subset of species, nonhuman pests, to our peril. Nature can teach us to be better, and with these lessons our minds open to more than just these lessons.

    Bunnies!
    It is almost Easter, and the iconic Easter Bunny is once again our heart’s focus. Spring’s promise of fertility, the quickening. Just this past week, this year’s first batch of baby brush rabbits made their debut in my yard. They are tiny; one could easily sit in the palm of my hand. Big dark shiny eyes, tiny ears – so cute! I steward brush bunnies, which is not an easy prospect when also making the world safer for wildfire. These bunnies, as reflected in their name, like brush cover and brush likes to burn. So just big enough patches of brush get renewed in 3-year intervals, separated from other patches so the coming wildfire doesn’t get too hot.

    My farming buddies think I’ve lost my marbles hosting brush bunnies on purpose. I admit to the extraordinary harm this species can mete out. I’ve lost young fruiting shrubs and trees to bark gnawing rabbits when their population got too high and there was nothing much otherwise left to eat. I’ve heard that starving humans also resort to gnawing on bark. After the CZU 2020 wildfire, there were 30 brush bunnies packed into my yard, the last green place for miles. Coyote learned where to get lunch pretty quickly, and the population plummeted. Now, they’re recovering.

    Rabbits are grazers and they mow my lawn. And they feed the owls, hawks, and coyotes. The safe zones, not too far from the brush, are tight carpets of mown prairie, 2″ tall. As the rabbit population spreads out, I notice new mowing along rabbit-width pathways, forays from newly colonized shrubs, out into the 18″ turf.

    Watership Down is an excellent book about rabbit life. I’m happy to be witnessing rabbits cavorting this spring, where they dance together, leap frog-like. Better entertainment than bird feeders by far, and cheaper, and with better side effects.

    Rodents
    When most people hear the word ‘rodents’ they recoil in disgust, now we are facing deep psychological pest instinct. Rabbits aren’t rodents – they’re ‘lagomorphs,’ off in a far different part of the evolutionary tree. Rodents include mice, rats, voles, squirrels, chipmunks, marmots, beavers and capybara. Mice make some people shriek, but rats are even more triggering. Rats will chew your baby’s ears off I’ve heard tell: can there be anything more horrifying? Even way out on isolated farms in the country, there are invasive black, roof, and Norway rats. They hide in the barn eating the food of the cats meant to keep the rodents at bay. They hunker down near the chicken house to steal chicken food. I’ve seen highways of rats in San Jose, outnumbering afterhours humans, scurrying alongside people hurrying down the sidewalk on Santana Row.

    Rats famously carried Black Death through Europe and ground squirrel colonies are reservoirs of bubonic plague throughout the western USA.

    As you probably expect, I like most rodents, but only in their place. I can’t find a way to like invasive rats, however – besides the diseases, the destruction they cause to native wildlife is awesome and terrible. Cane rats are supposedly tasty and big enough for a meal. I’ve met southeast islanders who spent their childhoods clubbing the cane rats as they jettisoned from burning sugar cane fields. Yum! (Disclaimer: I have not knowingly eaten rodents). There are two species of rodents I am particularly enamored with: California meadow vole and American beaver.

    California Meadow Vole
    Voles look like mice, but their ears are short and folded up against their heads, making a sleeker profile for fast moving down narrow grassland trail-tunnels. Also, voles nip at each-others’ ears as a territorial thing, which might have had a role in evolving ears closer to the skull. California meadow voles make networks of runs in the understory of grasslands. Their populations in a good year can eat as much as a rancher will try to get their herd of cattle to consume: almost everything. In those healthy vole population years, voles are so thick that you’ll encounter them climbing over your shoes if you stand still long enough in the grasslands. Voles are the main source of food for wolves as well as many species of hawks and owls. Vole runs are also important transportation corridors for amphibians as well as very tiny harvest mice, which glean food that voles drop alongside their runs.

    The main selfish reason I like California meadow voles is that they run out gophers from our orchard. We don’t trap gophers, there’s no need!

    Voles must taste bad to domestic dogs and snakes: both avoid eating them. Dogs like to let them age a while before gulping them down whole. Snakes sometimes acclimatize to vole flavor and will eat them thereafter.

    American Beaver
    Beavers are amazing, but they have unfortunately been hunted out from many of the places where they belong in California. By building and sustaining dams, beavers undoubtedly shaped the river systems and wetlands of much of the State. Those beaver dams back up water, creating fish habitat, recharging groundwater, and breaking up the landscape so that wildfire doesn’t travel as quickly, as hotly. Scientists suggest that restoration of beaver throughout the Sierra Nevada can take the place of a few giant dams on California’s rivers. Beavers store water in the headwaters, keeping rivers flowing more steadily into the summer months.

    Unfortunately, beavers have bad habits that make them seem like pests to many humans. I first encountered beavers as pests in a relative’s yard. He woke up each morning to find more of his  trees felled on his front lawn, between the house and a pond. He could have caged those trees in metal fencing, but chose to harass the beavers as a less effective alternative. Beavers also eat fruit and nut orchard trees. They’ll plug up culverts, flooding roadways. And, they get into, and dam up, the network of canals and water control structures that farmers maintain to water their crops throughout the Central Valley. Figuring out how to live alongside beavers in those situations is a real challenge. Many beavers get ‘removed’ (aka killed) each year because of these issues.

    Meanwhile, there are many people working to restore beavers across California and the Northern Hemisphere where they belong and where they won’t cause too many pest issues for humans. And, some of us are also introducing Californians to beaver coexistence strategies.

    Join me in envisioning a world where beavers and humans live side-by-side on a wetter planet.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Wednesday, April 9, 2025
    #99 / One For All And All For One

    “One for all, and all for one,” the pledge made by the Three Musketeers, is sometimes written out in the opposite order: “All for one, and one for all.”

    Click right here for a discussion of the origin of this well-known pledge. It seems to me that the order chosen either highlights the need for individuals to make the welfare of the community their first priority, or (conversely) the need for the community to make support for each individual within the community its primary aim and ambition. I come down strongly on “both sides” of any debate about the most appropriate articulation of the pledge. Both things are absolutely required.

    Incidentally, there is a surprise presented in the discussion I have linked above. The claim is made that it was not Alexander Dumas who came up with that phrase, but William Shakespeare.

    I am highlighting the pledge of the Three Musketeers to suggest that this is the spirit that should be animating the “resistance” to the outrages that we have already seen and absolutely expect to continue to see coming from the Trump Administration, as the Administration will be attempting to execute on some of Trump’s most outrageous campaign promises – for instance, the extra-legal deportation of millions of undocumented persons, including by way of a military roundup.

    Right after November 5th of last year, many who had not supported the election of Donald Trump were discouraged, and more or less stipulated to having been “defeated.” They gave the impression that they were now expecting to walk off the field, and that we had reached the “End of Democracy.”

    Others (I think more correctly) took the position that while the election might have been lost, they would not stipulate to “defeat,” and promised “resistance” to the kind of policies advocated by the president, and by his most ardent supporters. What happens now is obviously still in question, and I do think that the Pledge of the Three Musketeers is good guidance. The Musketeers have no connection to Elon Musk, by the way, just in case there might be any confusion on that point.

    If the “literary” pledge of the Three Musketeers doesn’t seem compelling as a reliable guide to our “real life” situation right now, please let me remind everyone of a pledge taken by those who signed our Declaration of Independence:

    We, therefore, the Representatives of the united States of America, in General Congress, Assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the Name, and by Authority of the good People of these Colonies, solemnly publish and declare, That these United Colonies are, and of Right ought to be Free and Independent States; that they are Absolved from all Allegiance to the British Crown, and that all political connection between them and the State of Great Britain, is and ought to be totally dissolved; and that as Free and Independent States, they have full Power to levy War, conclude Peace, contract Alliances, establish Commerce, and to do all other Acts and Things which Independent States may of right do. And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor (emphasis added).

    This pledge tells us exactly what “resistance” requires. Resistance requires that small groups of people come together and pledge both to themselves, and to the world, that they will mobilize their “lives,” their “fortunes,” and their “sacred honor” to achieve what the Declaration promised. And here’s that promise: That “all persons are created equal and that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

    Would you like a 21st Century update? Why not add the Star Trek Pledge to our renewed commitment to what was pledged in the Declaration? You probably remember that one, even if you forgot about the “lives, fortunes, and sacred honor” pledge of 1776.

    If you by some chance forgot, here’s that Star Trek pledge. Let’s add it on. The Star Trek pledge is pretty simple:

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...
    We’re all dead, staked to an ant hill, riveting, mopping up.

    In an opening monologue last week, Michael Kosta on The Daily Show summed up the first seventy-five days of the Trump administration coup with, “The second Trump administration is off to a roaring start — if you don’t count the economy, inflation, rampant corruption, cyberbullying of allied nations, and we’re all gonna die of measles.” Addressing Trump’s so-called ‘Liberation Day‘ tariffs, Kosta responded to the president’s Truth Social all-caps post (“THE OPERATION IS OVER! THE PATIENT LIVED, AND IS HEALING. THE PROGNOSIS IS THAT THE PATIENT WILL BE FAR STRONGER, BIGGER, BETTER, AND MORE RESILIENT THAN EVER BEFORE. MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN!!!”), with a deadpanning, “Boy, I feel so much better now.” He advised viewers not to panic about economists’ warnings of a tariff-caused global recession by assuring them that “Trump’s habit of speaking soothing words of comfort in times of need” would see them through the tough times. “Always reassuring when the surgeon comes out screaming at the top his lungs, ‘THE PATIENT IF FINE, EVERYTHING IS GOING GREAT. DOES ANYBODY HAVE A MOP?”, he said, mimicking Trump’s all-caps post. He added, “The thing is, the patient didn’t need major surgery. We just needed a teeth cleaning, keep it clean and shiny. No one wants to wake up from heart surgery to their dental hygienist shouting, ‘I THINK HE’S GOING TO LIVE!'”

    Trump kicked off his televised ‘Liberation Day‘ tariffs fiasco with a board charting the list winners and losers among the global community, “like a Hollywood game show host,” wrote David Gardner on The Daily Beast. Gardner described the president as being spray-tanned with lacquered hair, gesticulating and bragging as he unveiled the numbers matching his international contestants in his trade revolution. His catchphrase was, “Let’s make America Wealthy Again,” as world leaders looked on in disbelief, and as the stock market started its tumble, with the dollar sliding worldwide. The tariff percentages ranged from a benign ten percent up to a mind-boggling forty-nine percent, which fell onto Cambodia which charges the US ninety-seven percent according to The Don. Trump’s complaint about “foreign scavengers ripping us off for years” revealed that he was being “kind” by charging the “nations that treat us badly” only about half what they supposedly charge us. What a considerate guy, eh? With his game show host smile he added, “We’re going to start being smart, and we’re going to start being very wealthy again.” He is piling onto China a thirty-four percent tariff on top of the twenty percent already being charged Beijing — claiming that President Xi Jinping should be satisfied since they charge us sixty-seven percent, says the chart-bearing Teletubby. One notable omission on the president’s chart: Russia, along with CubaNorth Korea and BelarusWhite House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt explained that those exclusions are because existing economic sanctions already imposed “preclude any meaningful trade.” Watch this space!

    Objections to the glut of tariffs quickly came to the fore, with Ross Gerber of Gerber Kawasaki Wealth and Investment Management calling the action “a disaster of idiocy,” and even Republican senators Rand Paul and John Kennedy expressing concern at this major escalation in a global trade war which will soon impact American consumers. Gerber, a major investor in Tesla, being interviewed by CNN’s Laura Coates, could only foresee gloom and doom as he sought a silver lining in the long term. His short term worries aren’t causing him to panic, but he cautions, “We went from almost an ideal market environment over the last year or two, to now complete and utter sort of destruction of the system of trade that we’ve had for a very long time, that has benefitted America greatly with lower prices! That’s the whole reason that this is set up the way it is.” Even Musk’s expected exit from the White House would not be enough to turn Tesla’s fortunes toward positive territory, according to Gerber — Tesla needs a new face to regain stability. His anger at Musk has little to do with his DOGE organization’s haphazard slashing of government agencies, but with his constant delivery of insulting comments toward people, and should he step away from his government position, Gerber doubts that Musk’s attention would be refocused on autos, which has seen neglect for years, but on xAI and other artificial intelligence projects. “It’s not a great time to buy the stock,” he advises. Musk’s only addition to the Tesla lineup since buying the company, has been the Cybertruck which seems to be in constant recall, especially since the glued-on parts are falling off the vehicles as they are driven, so most now view the brand as broken and unfixable.

    Because Trump included two rocky and remote islands near Antarctica inhabited only by penguins and seals, with ten percent tariffs, he has provided us with some hilarity in spite of his ego-driven disaster. Heard and McDonald islands are not countries, though he may have mistakenly thought McDonald Island was the home of the Big Mac, from which he might have extracted favors in subsequent negotiations. MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow noted that it takes two weeks by sea to get there from Australia — no scheduled airlines and no airports for that quick weekend getaway! She points out that active volcanoes pose a problem, adding, “Those volcanoes, penguins and seals will never menace the American economy again, as they have in the past, by flooding us with their cheap exports of what? Like, fresh air, cool breezes, a waft of eau de penguin, I don’t know. What do they send us? Are you tired of winning, America? Can you just feel the practical economic benefits that MAGA leadership is bringing to us at last? Isn’t it a relief?” The mockery continued with former Representative Tom Malinowski of New Jersey posting, “The Heard Island and McDonald penguins have been taking advantage of us for too long — it’s about time we stood up to them!”

    Economists have sounded the alarm over the past few weeks, that any new tariffs will spike prices for domestic consumer products, with import businesses taking on those costs, but then charging customers higher prices to make up for the import costs. Democratic strategist James Carville said, “There’s no policy behind it. It’s just Trump’s ego playing itself out in public, and I think voters are getting very, very apprehensive about this. These policies will hurt a ton of people with new financial burdens you can’t imagine.” He commented that even the Wall Street Journal’s editorial board, some of the most conservative people in the country, shared that concern. Following Trump’s big announcement was a cratering of the stock market the day after, as fears of global economic slowdown brought the worst day of loss since the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Dow Jones Industrial Average closed down four percent, losing almost 1700 points, with the S&P 500 down 4.8 percent and the Nasdaq down six percent, marking new lows for Wall Street after months of speculation about Trump’s trade agenda. In his analysis, Michael Arone of State Street Global Advisors said, “The Trump administration may be playing a game of chicken with trading partners, but market participants aren’t willing to wait around for the results. Instead, investors are selling first and asking questions later.”

    Trump is quoted as saying, “The markets are going to boom, the stock is going to boom, the country is going to boom. And the rest of the world wants to see if there’s any way they can make a deal.” In the meantime the markets are going ‘BOOM‘ or as Stephen Colbert terms it: “the traditional sound when everything stays intact.” The administration’s officials have diverse messages regarding any deal-making, with Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick offering conflicting guidance stressing no “backing off” on tariffs, but that deals could be a possibility. Lutnick said, “This stuff has got to stop. America has got to stop being exploited, and you’re going to see America prosper. And then, and only then, will Donald Trump make a deal with each country when they’ve really, really changed their ways. That’s not ‘back off.’ That is, let the dealmaker make his deals when, and only if, these countries change everything about themselves, which I doubt they will.”

    The Associated Press called Trump’s sweeping new tariffs “a historic tax hike that could push global order to a breaking point,” about which John Stoehr of The Editorial Board asks, “Why are we still wondering what Trump voters want? He promised. He delivered. What’s the mystery? I ask, because our discourse seems to be invested in the idea that his supporters don’t really want this, and I just don’t mean his hardcore supporters. Resolving this tension is important. The Democrats believe if they can show Trump is going to make things more expensive, they can get them to support Democrats in the midterms. But conventional wisdom also asks us to do something we should not do…treat Trump supporters as if they didn’t understand what they were getting into…treating them like children, that they can’t be responsible for what they did. We shouldn’t do that. Treat them as adults who have THEIR way of understanding tariffs…look at it this way — Trump supporters are going to trust him no matter how incoherent, no matter how dumb…the dumber and more incoherent, the more they trust. His choices trigger reactions, forcing people to choose between those who say tariffs are a tax, or trusting Trump who says it’s a tax cut. Trump has swept them up in his story of a cosmic battle between good and evil, in which the chosen people have been taken advantage of by ‘globalists,’ trying to replace them with foreigners who are ‘poisoning the blood’ of the US, leading toward destruction. The story can be told in a way that appeals to everyone, even nonwhites — the challenge isn’t just hardcore supporters. It’s swing voters, too. Liberation requires personal sacrifice and ‘short term pain.’ So if supporters end up recognizing that policies are impoverishing them, they almost certainly will not attribute their suffering to him — they will blame whomever he tells them to, hence his use of emergency powers usually reserved for wartime. Suffering Trump supporters will bind themselves closely to the president, using this as proof of patriotism and devotion to the cause of justice, with their savior the only one who can relieve them of their condition.”

    Stoehr concludes with his observation that the last election was about money — not in the way most may think. “The economy was booming, inflation was down, wages were up, unemployment had rarely been lower — Joe Biden really did grow the economy…almost everyone prospered. But that may have been the problem, because he did more than any president to expand the economic pie to include all those who are usually left behind, especially Black people — Whites feel something is wrong, that something is being taken from them, someone is cheating them, despite their own prosperity. It’s white-power’s zero sum — if America includes ‘them,’ it excludes ‘us.’ Democrats’ beliefs that Trump voters can be won over with economic politics in everyone’s interest won’t cut it. They want economic policies for them, not everyone. And if tariffs end up hurting them, they take comfort in knowing Black people are hurting more. These tariffs are the biggest tax increase of our lifetimes. But that’s what they wanted. He promised. He delivered. No mystery.” Reactions on social media brought one tweet with a Rodney Dangerfieldesque response: “Just got off the phone with my financial advisor; he just told me my 401k is now a 400k.” Another posted a stock heat map, nearly all red, with a superimposed image of VP JD Vance asking, “Have you even said thank you once?”

    Trump insists that his ‘Liberation Day‘ tariffs levied around the world will be borne by his victimized nations and not American buyers, but skeptics within his own MAGA gang are not so sure. Republican senators Rand PaulLisa MurkowskiMitch McConnell, and Susan Collins joined with Democrats in voting against the emergency powers Trump is using to impose a 25% tariff against Canada. And while Senator John Kennedy did not join them, he made known his concerns in a Newsmax interview with anchor Rob Schmitt, saying, “What the president is saying, is if you want to sell stuff to Americans, move your business to America and hire Americans and contribute to our economy, don’t just sell stuff. In the long run, he’s right. But in the long run, we’re all dead.” He added that he’s heard both favorable and disastrous assessments from economists, and even “late-night psychic hotlines” are more accurate in their predictions, as he slammed blind supporters of the policy. “It may not lead to inflation this time. Am I predicting that it will or won’t? No. I’m going to say it again. We’re in uncharted waters and we don’t know. And anybody who tries to tell that they know what the short-term impact is going to be is just lying. Either that or they’re selling deep stupid,” he concluded. The Daily Show’s Michael Kosta says, “We’re basically punishing OTHER countries for selling us stuff that WE want.”

    On The Late Show, host Stephen Colbert asked, “Is everyone feeling liberated?” Because…yeah. Today was the first day of trading on Wall Street since Trump slathered our country in honey and staked it down next to a fire ant hill. So, worst day for our economy since COVID. Just a little reminder: this time, he’s the disease. One bit of good news coming out of all this: it’s all pretty solid proof that there is no deep state, because if there was, they would have stopped this. But if they do exist, I just want to say to the cabal of financial and governmental elites who pull all the strings behind the scenes, maybe put a pause on your ‘5G chip JFK Jr adrenochrome chemtrail orgy’ and jump in here, ’cause we’re dying.”

    Conservative podcaster Ben Shapiro pulled a 180 on Trump after calling his tariffs “probably unconstitutional” and “pretty crazy” as he broke ranks with the MAGA boss after supporting, fundraising, and voting for the president. He told his seven million YouTube subscribers of his ‘Ben Shapiro Show,’ that “the president’s vision of international trade is mistaken” and that Trump’s belief that the country is getting swindled by trade deficits is completely false. “We are punishing countries that have a low tariff rate with us.” Shapiro says the president’s math is “all wrong,” that his numbers come from the trade deficit which has “nothing to do” with tariff rates. He noted that Madagascar’s tariff percentage was ridiculously high, but “so what?” if there’s a trade deficit. “The idea that we have to chisel out of the people of Madagascar extra dollars from American products or we are getting screwed by the great and powerful nation of Madagascar makes zero sense,” he asserts. Railing against Trump’s basis for MAGA, he said the tariffs are based on “false notions about the American economy” that the nation is failing economically — “this is a myth propagated by both parties.” Shapiro has no desire to support the MAGA-strong wish to return to the 1980s. “America does not suck and has not sucked for several decades, economically,” disagreeing with the notion that the country has been “hollowed out” by de-industrialization and is no longer manufacturing. Scoffing at having a Ford factory job a la 1955, in a non-air conditioned workplace while riveting metal all day is not an ideal job. No thanks! He claims the upper middle class has grown and wages are up, contrary to Trump’s argument that international trade is destroying that strata of workers. “I can name you a period of American history where there was a fairly large surplus in America’s balance of trade: the entire Great Depression,” he offers.

    A viral tweet from @frogs4girls asks readers what the coming economic downturn should be called: “So what are we calling this one? Just ‘Great Depression 2’? ‘Greater Depression’? Any suggestions? Anybody?” Respondents contributed: ‘The Yuge Depression,’ ‘The Greatest Depression,’ ‘The Bigly Depression,’ ‘The Great Deux-Pression,’ ‘The Most Beautiful Depression You’ve Ever Seen Believe Me,’ ‘2 Depressed 2 Be Blessed,’ ‘Great DEIpression,’ and the ‘Great Depression 2: Electric Boogaloo.’ Another contributor suggested we call the period ‘Groceries,’ a word Trump seems to have a fascination with, calling it a beautiful, descriptive word, an “old-fashioned” term that he used a lot in his campaign last year. Social media critics mocked his word salad over the word: “Groceries, that unspoken word lost in the sands of time,” or “This is your king, MAGA. This is your Daddy.” Another posted: “Here’s an old-fashioned term that we don’t use enough. It’s schmuck!” JD Vance will be pretending in 2028 that he never met this guy.

    President Trump’s all-caps response to the negativity brought on by his tariff escapade, precipitated the stock market’s reaction, prompting Senator Chuck Schumer to call it the “dumbest” recession ever. Usually loyal Republicans who criticized the Trump plan caused the president to attempt to ease everyone’s minds in a most bizarre way: his message of ‘hope’ was a cryptic five-word, all-caps post on Truth Social“ONLY THE WEAK WILL FAIL!” Sam Barlow on BlueSky posted that those words are his favorite of Jesus‘ teachings from the book of Matthew. A post on X responded that is an apt response from one who has taken six businesses into bankruptcy — including a casino of all things! One X poster wrote: “Seems like what Trump really means is, ‘ONLY THE POOR WILL FAIL!’ because average Americans are perpetually impacted more than anyone on Earth. So, if you’re struggling, when Trump’s tariffs make life worse, it’s your fault.”

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Trees

    “If you reveal your secrets to the wind, you should not blame the wind for revealing them to the trees.”
    ~Khalil Gibran

    “Storms make trees take deeper roots.”
    ~Dolly Parton

    “If you think in terms of a year, plant a seed; if in terms of ten years, plant trees; if in terms of 100 years, teach the people.”
    ~Confucius

    “In nature, nothing is perfect and everything is perfect. Trees can be contorted, bent in weird ways, and they’re still beautiful.”
    ~Alice Walker

    “It’s the little things citizens do. That’s what will make the difference. My little thing is planting trees.”
    ~Wangari Maathai

    ...

    OMG, this is exhilarating! I get chills and, “holy cow, imagine if it had just gone to the landfill?!?!?” feels when I see things like these. Time is fleeting, friends!


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    April 2 – 8, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… on important community meeting Steinbruner… Pedestrian over crossing, Moss Landing, County planning commission … Hayes… Community and Self-Identification… Patton… Short-term pain, and no long-term gain… Matlock… Atlantic sinking…fire somebody…but her emails…one bad apple… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… a rare occurrence Quotes on… “Protesting”

    ...

    THE “PALO ALTO” CONCRETE SHIP. This photo was taken in 1947. The “Palo Alto” was built of concrete by the U.S. Government in 1918, and it cost $2 million. It was towed to where it is today (Seacliff Beach) in 1930. It broke in half during a storm in 1932, and in recent years, the pier has been removed. The pieces of the ship are still there, “deteriorating gracefully”(?). Ever since I first heard of it, I’ve wondered why it wasn’t fixed up/maintained and showcased as a piece of history. Oh, youthful ideals and optimism!

    If you are interested in her history in more detail, the East Bay Times published an article in 2023, with lots of pictures. It’s a slideshow, I almost missed it!

    photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

    Dateline: April 2, 2025

    PROTESTS IN THE STREETS. So, apparently a lot of people are out there, making their voices heard. This is a Good Thing[TM]. Every day there is more and more distressing news about how much backsliding the US is doing, locally as well as globally. Canada, the nicest of all nations, are severing ties – do you realize how much you have to eff up for Canada to do this?!?

    At any rate, I have to limit my intake of news for my own mental health. I will pass this on, however: Tomorrow, April 5 is the National Day of Action, put on all over the place by HANDS ØFF, handsoff2025.com. The Santa Cruz protest takes place as follows:

    • Where: 701 Ocean St. Santa Cruz, CA 95060 on the Water St. side of the building
    • When: 12pm–2pm on April 5, 2025

    If Watsonville is closer to you, join their protest in the Watsonville Plaza at the same time.

    ...

    THE RESIDENCE. Netflix. Series. (7.8 IMDb) ***-
    I’m happy to see the return of the cozy mystery – Knives Out, Death and Other Details, and even Only Murders in the Building. Sure, Hallmark churns out an endless stream of formulaic/hygienic perky upper middle class “professional women” who solve mysteries while hygienically engaging in romance with some square jawed cop/firefighter/architect, but they lack any sort of charm or character. The Residence gives us Cordelia Cupp (Orange is the New Black’s Uzo Aduba): an acclaimed detective, and stout birder, who finds herself wader deep in drama and intrigue surrounding a murder in the White House. Giving absolutely zero f***s about titles and position, she pursues the truth through a cast of notables: Giancarlo Esposito, Jason Lee, Bronson Pinchot, Molly Griggs, and even Al Franken, reprising his role as a Senator. Might have been a few episodes too long, but worth the wait. Definite watch.
    ~Sarge

    STAR TREK: SECTION 31. Paramount+. Movie. (3.8 IMDb) *-
    I know I’m late to the table for this, but we decided to finally sit down and watch Star Trek: Section 31. Empress Georgiou (the mirror-universe evil counterpart of heroic Capt. Georgiou from Star Trek: Discovery) is pressed back into service with Section 31 – the black-ops division of Starfleet – for essentially a caper “mission”. Things go wrong, and she and a band of misfit specialists have to make it right. Michelle Yeoh is wonderful, as she always is. What she’s given to work with is tepid at best. I’m not a toxic fan – I’ve liked a lot of Trek related stuff that people kvetch about, but I do recognize when they miss the mark. Not just “doesn’t feel like Star Trek”, but feels like a fairly average caper film. No brilliant gotcha moments, no delicious red herrings. Just bland. Which is hard to do with Michelle Yeoh! It doesn’t quite make me feel like I was robbed of an hour and a half, but I was not really entertained. Highlight for the geek crowd: a Cheronian waiter. Watch only for a completionist compulsion.
    ~Sarge

    NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
    Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

    THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    HEART EYES. In theaters. Movie (6.6 IMDb) **- A meet-cute rom-com – with a slasher! Odd mix, but it seems to be director Josh Ruben’s forte. Ad designer Ally (Olivia Holt) accidently presents a “historic tracic lovers” motif JUST as notorious serial killer, Heart Eyes, who murders romantic couples on Valentine’s Day, resurfaces. She teams up with “ad fixer” freelancer Jay (Mason Gooding) in a “Desk Set” will-they won’t-they team-up, until an unexpected kiss puts them in the sights of Heart Eyes. The slashing is moderately creative, the chemistry fairly good, but it just lacks a real personality for Heart Eyes (which you need for a franchise killer). Not for the timid, but not epic gorefest either. On par with Christopher Landon’s 2020 body-swap horror/comedy “Freaky” (ala Freaky Friday – only instead of mother/daughter, it’s slasher/cheerleader). ~Sarge

    THE BREAKTHROUGH. Netflix. Series (7.1 IMDb) **- Thanks to Netflix’s voracious appetite for new material, we’ve had a lot of opportunity to watch movies and tv from all over the place. I’ve been noticing an alarming number of bleak crime dramas from Sweden – one of them was “The Breakthrough”, a police procedural based on a real-life 16 year murder investigation. Though the first 3 episodes were a trifle slow, the final episode finally brings it all together. Peter Eggers stars as a police detective who does a LOT of speedwalking while beating his heart out against an impossible case. ~Sarge

    ...
    Stop the Skyscrapers

    If you think the above graphic is just hyperbole, you haven’t been following the new state housing laws. What the graphic doesn’t capture may be even more alarming. The Downtown Extension Project, or the Downtown Plan Extension Project in SoLa (South of Laurel), is winding its way to city council like a snake on steroids.

    The development site is twenty-nine-acres. It starts at Laurel St., extends along Front St. towards the Wharf, is bordered by Depot Park, Beach Hill and the river levee and encompasses the current Warriors Arena. It is easily the largest serious development proposal in the history of Santa Cruz. It is outside the view in the graphic but could easily end up having buildings at the size shown. That is, unless the city council utilizes one of its few remaining discretions over local development since the land use power grab by state politicians.

    The current project area zoning is 35 feet with one area at 48 feet. If council rezones upwards, called upzoning, proposed as an option in the draft Environmental Impact Report (dEIR) for the project, then developers have the freedom to build skyscrapers as high as 25 or 30 stories. This unfortunate situation is a result of Assembly Bill 1287 which increased the density bonus to 100% so that cities are now required to approve projects at double the existing zoning density and waive city restrictions on building height, bulk, and setback, if the project includes a net 15% “affordable” units. The absurdity of this “bonus” is that city law already requires 20% “affordable” units in housing projects. So, we are getting exactly what for this give-away to developers? And, yes, the city’s state-required RHNA numbers (Regional Housing Needs Allocation) for the next seven years-and beyond- can be achieved without upzoning.

    Unfortunately, the city’s dEIR for this project omits any study of possible environmental impacts resulting from AB 1287 which passed into law in October 2023. This new law should have generated a revision of the dEIR which was being prepared during that time, but it didn’t. Many have written to council asking for a revision of the dEIR to reflect this sea change in potential size and mass of new developments, but don’t hold your breath.

    Within current zoning, any new building in this project site can be as high as seven or eight stories since AB 1287 doubles existing height limits. They can also go higher. But if council rezones the area to 85 feet as is proposed, the possibility of twenty to thirty stories or higher can be expected. Optimists who think this will never happen based on remarks from the Santa Cruz Warriors Team President, or the cost of steel construction in tall buildings, or commonsense, has forgotten that real estate is the number one investment in rich people’s portfolios. And don’t forget the equation; more well-off people moving to Santa Cruz, more low-income residents moving out. Affordable housing for local workers becomes unaffordable due to the ever-increasing Area Median Income. Plus, the city has no idea if its affordable housing is actually going to local workers and the city has no intention of finding out. Likewise, the initiatives currently gathering signatures for raising taxes for future affordable housing have no mechanism for ensuring such housing goes to local workers despite the deceptive names on the initiatives.

    This massive development of high rises, bringing three to four thousand people into twenty-nine acres, plus creating an entertainment district with no parking, jammed into the main tourist access route to and from the Wharf, Beach and Boardwalk, plus a main access route to and from downtown or across town for the lower westside, suggests at least poor planning or a serious disregard for the community.

    Residents and workers are not taking this lying down. A group of neighbors, largely from Beach Hill with activists from other neighborhoods, including yours truly, have formed a group under the banner Santa Cruzans for Responsible Development. We have met with individual council members to explain the importance of their one remaining power; to not change the zoning in this project area.

    As always there is strength in numbers. You are encouraged to sign the petition which includes a wealth of helpful information and can be found here.

    And attend the community meeting detailed below. Hope to see you there!

    Come to a community meeting!
    Saturday, April 5th, 10:30am
    London Nelson Center
    301 Center Street, Santa Cruz

    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...
    Santa Cruz County supervisors will delay ordinance review

    The Board of Supervisors agenda for next Tuesday includes delaying their consideration of the County’s Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) Ordinance until September 9, instead of by April 25 as their vote last October mandated.  According to the staff report for Consent Item #57, the Director of Community Infrastructure & Development (aka Planning and Public Works) wants more time to learn what caused the January 16 Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire and how to use that information in crafting the Draft Ordinance. Meeting

    MONTEREY COUNTY WEBSITE PROVIDES GOOD INFORMATION RE: MOSS LANDING DISASTER, BUT WHY IS SANTA CRUZ  COUNTY SILENT?
    Sadly, the Santa Cruz County response to the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire has been woefully void of updated information.  With the exception of Consent Item #57 next Tuesday to delay consideration of a BESS Ordinance, the one and only report on January 28 has been the extent of the Board getting any public staff reports on the disaster….despite many residents asking for information and action during Public Comment (items NOT on the agenda) every single meeting…with no response from elected officials.

    Take a look at Monterey County’s good information, and contact your local Supervisor to ask why they are so silent.
    Moss Landing Battery Facility Recovery 2025 | County of Monterey, CA

    LISTEN AND BE HEARD
    I hope you will share this information and listen in today 2pm-4pm on “Community Matters”.  You can listen on your computer from anywhere in the world at 2pm Pacific Time. santacruzvoice.com/

    Today’s program  will focus on the ongoing Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire issues, and the work the Green Party is doing to inform the public about energy storage technologies that are a safe alternative to hazardous lithium battery storage facilities.

    In the first hour (2pm-3pm), my Guest will be Mr. Neil Pearlberg, pod cast host of “Off the Lip”.  We will discuss his recent program interview of Senator John Laird and the Moss Landing Battery Fire response.  We will not be accepting any calls from the audience during Mr. Pearlberg’s interview, but I urge you to listen to the story of what he experienced as public outcry subsequent to his podcast with Senator Laird and learn why it is important to have civil discussions on such important topics.

    In the second hour (3pm-4pm), my Guest will be Mr. Sean Dougherty, Green Party candidate for Congress.  Meet the Green Party candidate challenging Panetta – The Pajaronian | Watsonville, CA

    He has organized a  3pm educational rally this Saturday, Rally Against Lithium Fires, at London Nelson Center with others who oppose lithium battery energy storage systems (BESS), such the likes as what led to the Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire in January, flaring again in February…and may be still smoldering.

    Learn what  safe alternatives exist that Santa Cruz County leaders could be insisting be put in place as they move toward approving three BESS locations: 90 Minto Road in Watsonville (in permitting process), Freedom Blvd. near Aptos High School, and Paul Sweet Road, Santa Cruz (near Dominican Hospital).

    There may also be an update on the “Never Again Moss Landing” group activities. Never Again Moss Landing, CA | Community Safety & Advocacy

    We will invite callers to join the conversation only in the second hour: 831-265-5050

    If you miss the live show, you can always listen to the recording.  It will be posted by 5pm on the Santa Cruz Voice website’s “Community Matters” page, whose link is under Current Shows. Santa Cruz Voice – Listen and Be Heard

    WHAT IS SHE THINKING??
    Also on the April 8 Board of Supervisor Consent agenda it Item #32, where 2nd District Supervisor Kim DeSerpa is appointing  Mr. Jesse Nickell of Barry Swenson Builder to serve on the County Planning Commission.  What?!  

    Board Meeting Agenda, Tuesday, April 8, 2025 – 9:00 AM

    Whose interests will he support in decision-making and why is he representing the 2nd District area when (I believe) he lives in the City of Santa Cruz?

    Maybe he camps out in the Aptos Village Project, the ghetto built by Barry Swenson Builders with lots of money and “unwritten deals” from the County.

    WILL THIS WORK?
    Recently, I noticed new sidewalk pedestrian crossings installed on Chanticleer Avenue, near the Sheriff Center and the colossal pedestrian overpass on Highway One (scheduled to open next month).  It is located about half a block from the busy and hazardous intersection of Chanticleer Avenue and Soquel Frontage Road, where the pedestrian overpass dumps out to an unsignaled intersection with limited visibility.


    I wrote County Public Works Dept. staff and asked what the plan is here.  They responded:

    “This work is a part of the Chanticleer POC (HWY1 Phase 1), funded by multiple grants and Measure D.
    There is not a plan to signalize Chanticleer and Soquel at this time.”

    Do you think this will work to provide a safer intersection that will have multiple large delivery trucks of hazardous chemicals swinging into the PureWater Soquel Project sewage water treatment facility, also located on this busy corner?   Hmmm…

    WAGE THEFT AT CONSTRUCTION SITE ON UCSC CAMPUS

    More to come on this next week…

    WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS.
    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE BY DOING JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK.

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...

    Community and Self-Identification
    Beyond my family, I identify as a conservationist, but I have toyed with other identities: how about you? It strikes me as an important time to reinvest in community and to question with what kind of ‘movement’ or subculture do we identify. My idea is that we need more togetherness to move our society past the various forms of dis-ease that have seemed too common for too long. And, to get to that togetherness, we need to better, more consciously, place ourselves in a cultural context.

    Communities of the US
    Aside from racial identities or geographic affinities how many cultural movements or societal communities can you name? Communities of faith get a fair amount of recognition in the USA. About 67% of the USA identifies with Christianity and most of those are either Protestants (including members of the Southern Baptist Convention) or Catholics. I have met many people who strongly identify with their church community. Alternatively, some people identify as “belonging” to one political party or another: Democrats, Republicans, Green, Libertarian, etc. I have relatives and friends that have such affinities and identify themselves via their political party.

    There are also quite a few people who seem to identify themselves as followers of some sport or sports team. I have been amazed at how jazzed such sports enthusiasts can become when encountering one another and sharing details of past player performances. There are similar cultural connections made with music, TV, movies, or books. I have been party to conversations of late where for an hour people throw out the titles of movies and books to see who likes what, getting to know one another, seeing how similar who is to who. Are Deadheads a community just about the music?

    There is also the militia movement: guns, guns, and more guns…bonding people together with ammunition and love of…Liberty? Preppers, those that are preparing for the collapse of civilization, have a following. I’ve encountered a little-known subculture of anarchistic homeless earth lovers, quite numerous and hidden. They may or may not be related to Hippies, who are apparently still a thing: I know some self-identifying as such. I know no one who would call themselves a Yuppie, and I’m not sure if the Yippie culture is still around. I know of more than a few folks who identify as environmentalists. I also know people who identify with their approach to thinking, calling themselves first and foremost “scientists.” Perhaps that is more in alignment with the cultures related to professions, which are worlds into themselves. I’m not altogether sure that the artist, musician, or cook communities would altogether fit into the same category kinds of professional communities.

    I’m sure we could go on and on.

    Helping Your Community
    After giving oneself the long, long name of all of one’s communities, the next thing might be to ask oneself how actively supportive is one to each of those communities. If you are a member of the Prunedale Militia, does that mean you have a plan, drill and practice that plan, so as to protect members of your community when necessity calls? If you are a Hippie, do you support your brethren with free food, do you work to reject mainstream culture? If you identify strongly as a member of a political party, how do you support that party…besides voting?

    It seems to me that we could all use a little deeper dive into the communities with which we self-identify.

    How Do We Do It?
    In no particular order, again omitting the familial and geographic ties, I might give my long, long name as: Buddhist, farmer, restorationist, conservationist, deep ecologist, communalist, back-to-the-land, pro-labor, and far left. With each of these identities, I look for conversations with others regularly to keep growing and to identify who else is in those circles. Also, I write (this column and more) and do public speaking, I vote, and I am careful about to whom I give money (either through purchases or as donations). I have been asking myself lately if those things are enough to be more supportive of my communities. It is only through cohesiveness and scaling up do our communities become safe places where our ideals prosper. For instance, I despair that there is no regular, cohesive gathering of conservationists in the Monterey Bay, but who am I to criticize that inadequacy – aren’t many of us overwhelmed and unable to help organize or move forward that or any other group? How do we do this?

    How Did We Get Here?
    So much of what we take for granted now has been gifted us by our ancestors, who took the time and care to move our communities forward. The weekend and five-day work week are the result of folks organizing, taking their personal time to make a difference. Even the air we breathe and water we drink comes more healthily to us thanks to the Clean Air and Clean Water acts and lots of community organizing. Even more, our ability to choose our own leaders by organizing and voting came to us only through revolution, bloodshed, and keen negotiation.

    Where Will We Go?
    Like every conservation victory I’ve experienced, the successes I just mentioned must be re-won regularly, we must be ever vigilant and willing to act. We don’t do these things alone, we can only do those things together. And, we cannot get together until we see ourselves as more dedicated members of one of our communities and help others to feel they belong and are valuable to that community, as well.

    If you have ideas especially about the dearth of a conservation movement around the Monterey Bay, please let me know.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Monday, March 31, 2025

    #90 / Short-Term Pain And No Long-Term Gain

    It is well-established (and makes a good deal of sense) that some short term pain may well be worth it, if the “short term pain” leads to a “long term gain.” Presumably, this might the idea underlying our current president’s recent announcement that “a recession may be worth it.” Let’s examine that premise.

    As it turns out, many economists don’t agree that the policy changes being made by our president are going to have any longer-term payoff. What they see is “short term pain” leading to “long term pain.” Click that link in the first paragraph and read what New York Times reporter Ben Casselman has to say on this topic (paywall policies permitting, of course).

    I found the most revealing part of Casselman’s article to come right near the end:

    Who bears the costs?
    The 2017 tax cuts disproportionately benefited higher-income households, according to most independent analyses. Medicaid cuts would overwhelmingly hurt low- and moderate-income families, as would cuts to other government services. Tariffs likewise tend to be hardest on poorer households, which spend more of their income on food, clothes and other imported goods.

    The short-term pain created by the administration’s policies, in other words, could fall hardest on low-income Americans — many of whom voted for Mr. Trump in hopes of improving their economic situation.

    “It’s really hard to see how the Trump voters come out ahead,” Ms. Clausing, the former Treasury official, said. “Prices are going to be higher, disruptions are going to be higher and the safety net is going to get cut.”

    Even some defenders of Mr. Trump’s policies, such as Mr. Cass, say cutting benefits to pay for tax cuts runs counter to the administration’s stated goal of restoring the middle class (emphasis added).

    Just to highlight the obvious, the adminstration’s “stated” goal is not its “real” goal.

    The “real” goal is to benefit the billionaires, and to hell with the rest of us.

    That make it clear?

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...
    Zappaed, on to page two, whiskey leaks, run out the clock

    Last week the Trump administration reminded us of the Frank Zappa quote: “Government is the Entertainment division of the military-industrial complex,” — not so entertaining as the reality was an ominous leak of “imminent war plans,” as described by journalist Jeffrey Goldberg of The Atlantic who was an inadvertent recipient of the shocking security breach, being added by Michael Walz, who implied “conspiracy during one interview. Included in a group chat on Signal comprised of US Defense Secretary Pete HegsethVice President JD Vance and seventeen other top officials who discussed upcoming strikes against Yemen’s Houthi rebels, Goldberg disclosed that he had hours of advance notice of the action, not sure that it was authentic initially, only to see the Trump announcement about a “very effective” operation later on March 15. When questioned about the leak by the press, Trump claimed not to “know anything about it. I’m not a big fan of The Atlantic. To me, it’s a magazine that’s going out of business.” though National Security Council spokesman Hughes was already on the case reviewing how an inadvertent number was added to the Signal chain. If Goldberg had publicized the details in advance, it could have been deadly to our armed forces in the region, but he chose not to do so until the administration started defending its slip-up, and the Fox News talking heads began making excuses for their old colleague, Hegseth, with charges of “fake news,” a “hoax,” and other improbable spins about conspiracies. Democratic lawmakers were outraged by the security breach, with Senator Coons posting on X that “every single one of the government officials on this text chain have now committed a crime.”  Republican Mike Lawler, a New York representative, said: “Classified information should not be transmitted on unsecured channels — and certainly not to those without security clearances, including reporters. Period. Safeguards should be put in place to ensure this never happens again.”

    In the chat, Trump’s cabinet complained about “bailing out Europe” by attempting to keep international shipping lanes safe from Houthi missiles for passage through the Red Sea, with JD Vance expressing his doubts that his boss is aware of the inconsistency in regard to his messaging to Europe that they have to go their own way, essentially “loathing of European free-loading.” Vance wrote that only 3% of US shipping runs through the Suez Canal, with 40% of European trade doing so, with Hegseth’s complete agreement. Interesting that he fled shortly to Greenland with his wife — things a bit too heated in the Oval OfficeJeffrey Goldberg’s surprise at being included in the chat message led him to believe that he could be “part of a disinformation campaign,” since he had met National Security Advisor Mike Walz only briefly in the past, and with the “administration’s contentious relationship with journalists,” and him personally, it was clear that this was out of whack. “I also could not believe that the National Security Advisor to the President would be so reckless as to include the editor-in-chief of The Atlantic in such discussions with senior US officials, up to and including the vice president,” said Goldberg. These revelations are surely going to trigger major questions about security within the Trump cabinet and the handling of highly sensitive government information, echoing the scandal brought upon Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign when she was accused of using insecure servers for emails, a major factor in dooming her run for office.

    Another shocker is that his team allowed the president to take to the podium before the assembled press, without briefing him on the security breach, raising questions about the care and qualifications of his inner circle, dumbfounding former Defense Secretary Leon Panetta about the entire episode. Panetta said there was “no question” that the chat was legitimate, referring to the incident as a “serious blunder,” and that a proper conversation should have been held in-person in the White House“It has to be investigated, and somebody, frankly, needs to get fired. Somebody put that name on a list, and whoever that was deserves to be fired,” he told CNN. Regarding the leak, X users displayed a wide range of emotions and opinions, from disbelief to anger, with search terms encompassing ‘War Plans’ to ‘Hegseth.’ ABC’s late-nighter, Jimmy Kimmel commented on the ineptitude, saying, “Our national security is being guarded by a bunch of dudes he wouldn’t trust to throw your cousin a surprise party. The administration accidentally texted me its war plans. No one on the chain thought to ask, who is JG, what are these initials for? They could have been  leaking secrets to Jeff Goldblum for all they know. And not only did this happen, after it happened, no one thought to tell Trump.”

    Typically, Fox News host Jesse Watters was indifferent to the accidental disclosure, likening it to an incident where a family member is inadvertently added to a group chat about “raunchy” bachelor party plans. “Well, that kind of happened today with the Trump administration. He (Goldberg) heard some things today he probably shouldn’t have. Could’ve been a wee bit of a security breach.” Goldberg disputes this, saying he removed himself from the group after realizing it was authentic and contained sensitive national security information, hitting back at the White House’s insistence that “no war plans were discussed” and “no classified material was sent to the thread.” Watters attempted to discredit Goldberg, calling him “not a good reporter” and “one of the biggest hoax artists around.” After Goldberg provided screenshots of the Signal group chat in a report to back up his story, Watters contended, “I’m sure it won’t happen again.” Fox’s Jessica Tarlov was absolutely taken aback by Watter’s nonchalance, standing her ground in calling the debacle a sign of “incompetence and recklessness on a scale unimaginable,” compounding Trump’s drop in ratings on his handling of the economy, inflation, and cost of living. “So they’re not doing this on a SCIF (a sensitive compartmented information facility), they’re doing it on an app that you and I, we all have on our phones, and it’s obviously incredibly reckless. National security risks — I don’t ever wanna hear ‘but her emails’ again,'” she added, referring to Hillary’s email server brouhaha. She called this incident a perfect example of what James Carville was asking of Democrats, to “run out the clock” and see what happens in Trump’s second term, where “folks have jobs that didn’t deserve them.”

    Watters wasn’t done with Tarlov, trying to call it an accident, unlike “purposeful leaks from the Democrats” in the past. He began, “Yeah, they accidentally leaked something to the media instead of to the Democrats — ,” which brought Tarlov’s interruption to tell him, “They didn’t leak it; they invited him in.” “At least they didn’t home-brew a server and acid-wash it — ‘but her emails!’ I just did it,” Watters jabbed back. Hillary Clinton for her part, posted on X in response to the whole fiasco, “You have got to be kidding me,” alongside a side-eyed emoji. Secretary of Defense Hegseth, initially denying anything at all was amiss, jumped into the attack on Goldberg after he made his revelations, calling him a discredited journalist who makes a profession of peddling hoaxes, naming ‘Russia, Russia, Russia,’ or ‘fine people on both sides’ hoax, and the ‘sucker and losers’ hoax as examples of his “peddling garbage.” Donald Trump kept up his criticism by posting on Truth Social a link to the conservative satirical website, The Babylon Bee, and its article “4D Chess: Genius Trump Leaks War Plans to ‘The Atlantic’ Where No One Will Ever See Them.” Elon Musk stepped in to help by posting the link to the article, also writing, “Best place to hide a dead body is page 2 of The Atlantic magazine, because no one ever goes there.”

    Pete Hegseth’s post claiming that “nobody was texting war plans, and that’s all I have to say about that,” brought a pushback from Fox’s Brit Hume who said, “Oh, for God’s sake, the administration has already confirmed the authenticity of the message.” Fox News anchor, John Roberts, praised Goldberg following his devastating exposé, saying, “I would think that there are worse people that you could text your secret plans to, but it appears Goldberg has acted responsibly here in writing this article.” Posts on X, call the operation “sloppy — the only thing worse would have been if they had used Facebook to communicate. We are the laughing stock of the world. Allies sharing intelligence is no more,” and “God, dude, this place is worse than China. They are not allowed to take responsibility for anything. Nothing they do is bad, ever. The media has to adore them, or it’s fake or illegal. This party belongs in prison before it’s too late.” The administration’s whitewashing started from the President on down to White House Press Secretary Leavitt, who said Trump “continues to have the utmost confidence in his national security team, including National Security Advisor Mike Walz,” followed by Speaker Mike Johnson rejecting the possibility that Walz or Hegseth might face disciplinary action. Both Leavitt and Johnson praised those involved saying, “top- level officials were doing their job, doing it well and executing on a plan with precision.” However, Politico is reporting that internal discussions among White House officials are considering ejecting Walz, supposedly with Trump to make a decision within a few days. Still holding your breath?

    Satirist Andy Borowitz offered his take on the Signal breach in The Borowitz Report“Defending his decision to use an insecure messaging app to discuss classified war plans, National Security Advisor Mike Walz said on Wednesday that he chose Signal because it offered more emojis. ‘Those sleaze bags at The Atlantic are acting like using Signal is some kind of scandal,’ Walz said. ‘You want to know a real scandal? The government spent billions of dollars on a secure communications system that has zero emojis.’ Walz said that he refused to use the government’s system when it became clear to him that it lacked even rudimentary emojis like fist, fire, and smiley face. ‘I stand by my decision to use Signal,’ he said. ‘When you’re planning to bomb another country, an emoji is worth a thousand OMGs or LOLs.'”

    Back during the nomination process for Trump’s cabinet members, red flags were raised about Hegseth’s ability to handle the job he was offered, with many stories about his alleged abusive behavior, public drunkenness, financial mishandling, and bigotry — all ignored as the Senate Republicans approved him with flying colors. “Soooo, we thinking old Pete was drunk on the job or what?” Texas Democratic Representative Jasmine Crockett asked. “It would be funny, if it wasn’t so scary! Maybe we need some DEI (Definitely Earned It) hires to get this together because incompetence is OVERWHELMINGLY problematic.” Spotted: A demonstrator’s sign with a photo of Pete Hegseth sipping whiskey from a bottle, captioned “WHISKEY LEAKS…LIKE WATERGATE BUT WITH MORONS.” Journalist Aaron Rupar writes that history repeats itself, but at increasingly high levels of stupidity: “It’s like Watergate, only in this version Nixon directly mails the tapes to Woodward and Bernstein.” And The Onion headline: ‘Teen Warned Not To Accept Group Chat Invites From National Security Advisors She Doesn’t Know.’ Interestingly enough, real estate mogul Steve Witkoff, who was included in the Signal chat group was physically in a Moscow meeting with Vladimir Putin — US military strategy leaking in real time to someone in Russia. Just imagine that — a face-to-face so Putin doesn’t have to bother with reading a text, unless Witkoff handed the Russian leader his cellphone on which the Signal thread was stored.

    US Department of Defense official explained to CNN’s Natasha Bertrand that “information providing indication or advance warning that the US or its allies are preparing an attack” — which Hegseth shared — is classified Top Secret“It is safe to say that anybody in uniform would be court martialed for this. We don’t provide that level of information on unclassified systems, in order to protect the lives and safety of the service members carrying out these strikes. If we did, it would be wholly irresponsible. My most junior analysts know not to do this,” he continued. Representative Maxwell Frost of Florida is sending letters to all the identifiable officials in the ‘Hegseth Disaster Signal Chat’ demanding they retain all messages for any pending litigation and Congressional investigations, saying, “Any deletion of the chat is a willful destruction of evidence.” House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries called Hegseth “the most unqualified Secretary of Defense in American history” and demanded his immediate dismissal. Jeffries wrote, “The so-called Secretary of Defense recklessly and casually disclosed highly sensitive war plans — including the timing of a pending attack, possible strike targets, and the weapons to be used — during an unclassified national security group chat that inexplicably included a reporter. His behavior shocks the conscience, risked American lives, and likely violated the law.” Jen Rubin wrote on The Contrarian“Proud of your votes for Hegseth? This is on you as much as Hegseth. You knew he was not remotely qualified,” as she called out Senators Ernst and Tillis. Fun fact: Former US Air National Guardsman Jack Douglas Teixeira was sentenced to 15 years in prison four months ago for doing the same thing Pete Hegseth and his band of idiots did when they leaked war plans to a reporter.

    So, discipline, dismissal or firing? Jimmy Kimmel says the excuses don’t stop, with Trump dragging out one of his old favorites — “witchhunt.” “First, he blamed the reporter, and when that didn’t work, he blamed the Signal app, saying, ‘it could be a defective platform, and we’re gonna have to find that out.’ Right, maybe one of the wires came loose and the gasket got cracked,” Kimmel quipped, adding, “Blaming Signal for this is like blaming Tinder for when you get caught cheating on your wife.” He wasn’t through as he tore into the talking heads at Fox and Newsmax as they continued with downplaying the scandal, calling it “the perfect storm of incompetence, inexperience, dishonesty, and hypocrisy from the same people who spent the last 12 years screaming about Hillary’s emails and Hunter’s laptop, while calling Signalgate a ‘non-story.'” Why cover it if it’s a non-story? Taking a final swing by mentioning Trump’s DEI initiatives, Kimmel said, “Thank God they got rid of DEI. Now you can rest assured that the idiots in charge are not chosen for their race or gender. They were chosen purely based on being idiots. I believe that Pete Hegseth wasn’t drunk. I believe he was perfectly sober when he made this idiotic mistake.” His belief that President Trump might not be very happy with his national security and defense picks may lead him to calling them Eric and Don Jr.

    Satirist Andy Borowitz provides another followup view of Hegseth“Millions of Americans have been rattled this week by the bombshell that a former Fox News host might be a liar, reports on Thursday indicate. According to industry insiders, the revelation that a former employee might have knowingly disseminated falsehoods threatens to tarnish the image of the nation’s most trusted news organization. Harland Dorrinson, a crisis management specialist, said Fox News needs to ‘change the narrative’ by reminding Americans of its peerless and longstanding reputation for honesty. ‘Fox needs to remind people that they are the network of Bill O’Reilly, Glenn Beck, and Tucker Carlson,’ he said. ‘One bad apple doesn’t spoil the whole bunch.'”

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Protesting

    “When an individual is protesting society’s refusal to acknowledge his dignity as a human being, his very act of protest confers dignity on him.”
    ~Bayard Rustin

    “He who passively accepts evil is as much involved in it as he who helps to perpetrate it. He who accepts evil without protesting against it is really cooperating with it.”
    ~Martin Luther King, Jr.

    “We won’t stop protesting. It’s the engine that moves society forward.”
    ~Jordi Cuixart

    “There are good reasons for being in jail – for protesting.”
    ~Tracy Chapman

    “Every day, I would show up, and there were no kids, just me and my teacher in my classroom. Every day, I would be escorted by marshals past a mob of people protesting and boycotting the school. This went on for a whole year.”
    ~Ruby Bridges

    ...

    At the Philadelphia Zoo, Mommy, a Western Santa Cruz Galapagos Tortoise (a critically endangered species) that’s over 100 years old recently laid 16 eggs after mating with Abrazzo, a male tortoise of similar age. The staff whisked away (ouch, bad choice of words, sorry!) the eggs and placed them in incubators of 2 different temperatures. Temperature is what decides if the hatchling will be male or female. So far, 4 eggs have hatched, and they are monitoring the remaining eggs. This is a Big Deal[TM]


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    March 26 – April 1, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… on 831 Almar Student Housing Project… Steinbruner… Builder’s Remedy, ballooning projects, and BESS… Hayes… Our Federal Bureaucracy… Patton… Let’s shake on it… Matlock… Biden resurfaces…party in the ditch…falling for the okiedoke… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… groovy low-fi for 3 hours… Quotes on… “Spring”

    ...

    RAINY DAY AT SEABRIGHT AND SOQUEL STREETS. We don’t know what year this photo was taken, but if anyone is a serious car buff and would like to take a guess, feel free to let us know! We do know that second car is a Studebaker.

    photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

    Dateline: March 26, 2025

    NOT MUCH TO SAY THIS WEEK… (so watch me take up half a page in this space, lol!). I’m trying to settle in with this new reality of putting the column up without Bruce. You wouldn’t think that it would be so different – the other Brattonites, as I lovingly call us, send me their stuff and I do what I’ve been doing for 22 years at this point. Not surprisingly, I still think of it as, “I gotta do Bruce’s column”, and I miss him. I think he would be happy and proud that we are continuing. We haven’t changed much of anything, and I don’t think we will for a while. We appreciate all you readers more than you know, and with that, I turn you over to this week’s offering.

    ...

    NO OTHER LAND. In theaters. Movie (8.3 IMDb) ***-
    Academy Award-winning documentary, No Other Land, highlights the impact of political conflicts on everyday people. Co-directed by Palestinian filmmaker Basel Adra and Israeli journalist Yuval Abraham, the film follows them in the forced displacement of the small settlement of Masafer Yatta by Israeli forces. The view we get, from the “street” as it were, brings home the workaday world that is being unceremoniously wiped out by forces beyond shame or consequence. It makes it difficult to maintain an objective view of chess pieces being neatly moved around a board – it’s hard and personal, and as foreign as it should feel, hitting you right in the hometown. After winning the award, another co-director, Hamdan Ballal, was arrested and detained by Israeli authorities. The academy’s reaction: a tepid equivalent of “there are good people on both sides”. Definitely requires a watch.
    ~Sarge

    THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

    THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    HEART EYES. In theaters. Movie (6.6 IMDb) **- A meet-cute rom-com – with a slasher! Odd mix, but it seems to be director Josh Ruben’s forte. Ad designer Ally (Olivia Holt) accidently presents a “historic tracic lovers” motif JUST as notorious serial killer, Heart Eyes, who murders romantic couples on Valentine’s Day, resurfaces. She teams up with “ad fixer” freelancer Jay (Mason Gooding) in a “Desk Set” will-they won’t-they team-up, until an unexpected kiss puts them in the sights of Heart Eyes. The slashing is moderately creative, the chemistry fairly good, but it just lacks a real personality for Heart Eyes (which you need for a franchise killer). Not for the timid, but not epic gorefest either. On par with Christopher Landon’s 2020 body-swap horror/comedy “Freaky” (ala Freaky Friday – only instead of mother/daughter, it’s slasher/cheerleader). ~Sarge

    THE BREAKTHROUGH. Netflix. Series (7.1 IMDb) **- Thanks to Netflix’s voracious appetite for new material, we’ve had a lot of opportunity to watch movies and tv from all over the place. I’ve been noticing an alarming number of bleak crime dramas from Sweden – one of them was “The Breakthrough”, a police procedural based on a real-life 16 year murder investigation. Though the first 3 episodes were a trifle slow, the final episode finally brings it all together. Peter Eggers stars as a police detective who does a LOT of speedwalking while beating his heart out against an impossible case. ~Sarge

    NOSFERATU (2024). Prime. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- A darkly delightful remake of F.W. Murnau’s 1922 original “Nosferatu” (itself, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”). The story points match, down to the use of shadows as characters. The performances by Depp, Hoult, and Skarsgård breathe new life into the story, as do the visual textures of the cinematography and costume design (even the choice of using Dacian – a long dead language from central Europe – for Orlok’s dialogue). Slowly menacing in its pacing, this film builds its mood in a way that most modern horror films fail to. ~Sarge

    ...

    March 24, 2025

    How the City Gets Trapped into Providing Student Housing

    First a correction to my last week’s piece on the Meder St. development. The 2030 General Plan allowance for the number of housing units per acre in this R1 single-family zone at the Low-Density level is between one and ten. The developer has chosen ten, gets to make it fifteen due to the state density bonus, resulting in ninety-seven, three story townhouses on six and a half acres. Thanks to senior planner, Rina Zhou for steering me to the General Plan entry for clarification.

    Now onto another proposed project working its way to city council. Pictured above is a city webpage rendition of the project seeking council approval for 831 Almar Ave. It’s easy to lose track of which project and where since there are so many. This one is not the triangle-shaped piece of vacant land along Almar (that is also poised for development) but is close by. It is a 1.9-acre site, behind Safeway, bordered by the rail trail. The owners want to build a mixed-use development project of 120 housing units plus commercial. The problem is the land is zoned for Industrial. The 2030 General Plan entry for Industrial zoned lands in the city under LU 3.2.7 states…”restrict uses that are incompatible with industrial uses.”

    The owners could start the lengthy, expensive process of applying for a change in the zoning or change tack and apply for a Planned Development permit. The latter gives some discretion to the decision-makers and there must be a clear public benefit associated with the project. So far there is none. The owners and their representative, architect Mark Primack have opted for the Planned Development route, which was approved at the last Planning Commission meeting with Commissioner Rachel Dann opposed and Commissioner Pete Kennedy absent. The public who spoke, mostly nearby neighbors, expressed strong negative reactions to the project, for its size, its impact, and its intended occupants, four to six hundred students.

    I have written on past projects that have been presented as “workforce housing” – 1010 Pacific for example – but which have ended up largely as housing for the ever-increasing UCSC student population. It is all guesswork and observation. The city does not know what percentage of the city’s scarce inclusionary housing is occupied by students. Despite the 2023-24 Grand Jury recommendation that the city start to track such occupancy, the city declined to do so.

    Until now, most developers and their representatives have kept quiet about the fact that much of the housing being built is tailored for students, although the size of most units is a give-away. They placate with feel-good jargon about “our essential workers.” Until now. The 831 Almar project is up-front that it is intended for student housing. How do they justify that fact to a community that needs affordable housing for its local workers, not student dorms? By misrepresenting the truth and with an untested assumption.

    The untested assumption is that students looking for off-campus housing will choose to live in these new units, thereby vacating a single-family house. The developer’s representative, Mark Primack spoke to that, saying, “for every four or five students who choose to live at the new 831 Almar Ave., one home can remain available for families.”  Two problems with this assumption. One is, what will the rents be at 831 Almar? If they are higher than a single-family house equivalent for multiple students, the expected shift may not occur. The second problem is that UCSC continues to grow, to add more students. Given that reality, the result is more likely to be students occupying both single family homes and the new dense housing projects. Council has already approved a project to house six hundred students on Delaware Avenue.

    The misrepresentation of the truth was from architect Mark Primack. He stated, “As we all know, the city has for decades maintained a policy in support of acceptance of the University’s efforts to house only half of their students on campus.” (Planning Commission 3/20/25).

    At the earlier zoom meeting on the project, he stated, “As Renee Golder said, the city has an ongoing battle with the University for them to provide half the housing that students need on campus. That’s the limit the city set.” (Zoom 11/4/24 Emphasis added)

    The city has no policy nor has set a limit for UCSC to house only half its students on campus. Quite the contrary. The city has engaged in lengthy negotiations to get UCSC to house a higher percentage of its ever-increasing enrollment on campus.

    The effect of Mr. Primack’s misrepresentation is to create the impression that the city has made a commitment, in policy, to house half of UCSC students off-campus. Not only is that untrue, but it also mutes opposition to projects which are designed to be student dorms, such as 831 Almar and others sure to come.

    I wrote to Mr. Primack and politely shared that I thought he was wrong; that there is no such city policy. I said I could be mistaken so would he share a link to the policy if I am incorrect.

    Here is his reply:

    
    From: Mark Primack <mark@markprimack.com>
    Date: March 22, 2025 at 7:20:59 PM PDT
    To: Gillian Greensite <gilliangreensite@gmail.com>
    Subject: Re: Re your statement about student off-campus housing
    
    Gillian,
    
    I'd ask you to stop being silly, but we both know that's not going to happen.
    
    Regards,
    
    Mark
    
    
    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...
    Our Builder’s Remedy projects will evade usual public process

    I received a call from a fellow who had just learned of plans for a five-story building with 63 units and 30 parking spaces in his neighborhood.  It’s at 841 Capitola Road, and is another project shoved forward by Workbench, an aggressive developer.  You may recognize that name as being the agent who proposed the 18-story Clock Tower development awhile back.

    What got my attention when I looked into the 841 Capitola Road project is that it is one of four significant project applications that were filed during a short time when the County Planning Dept. had missed the December 31, 2023 State-imposed deadline to get the Housing Element part of the General Plan approved by the Housing & Community Development (HCD) folks in Sacramento.  HCD finally approved the document on April 9, 2024.

    Because of that, developers were able to file applications for projects under Builder’s Remedy, and there by eliminate any ability of the County Planning Commission or other discretionary planning bodies to weigh in on the plans.

    There were four such projects filed for permitting during the time when Builder’s Remedy applied, and 841 Capitola Road is one of them.

    Builder’s Remedy

    Initially, the pre-application stated 40 units, but then, the developer reduced the number to 28.

    841 Capitola Road

    Now, according to the permit application pending, it has ballooned to 63 units of unknown size and affordability, with 30 parking spaces.
    Planning Status

    The bewildered fellow who contacted me asked “What can we do?”  That is a very good question, particularly in this case of Builder’s Remedy.

    Sadly, I do not know, other than to meet with your County Supervisor and impress that they step in as an advocate.  That  support will be difficult in Live Oak from a Supervisor who holds a real estate broker’s license and initially placed Workbench owner Tim Gordin on the County Planning Commission.

    How did Builder’s Remedy ever come about?  Here is a pretty good history: ‘Godzilla next door’: How California developers gained new leverage to build more homes

    New legislation, AB 1893, that strengthened Builder’s Remedy provisions became effective January 1 of this year.

    Through its adoption of Assembly Bill (AB) 1893 (Assembly Member Buffy Wicks), which strongly confirms the applicability of the Builder’s Remedy, the California Legislature has acted to put these debates to bed. On Sept. 19, 2024, Gov. Gavin Newsom signed AB 1893 and AB 1886 into law.

    • The law replaces the “free-for-all” approach to Builder’s Remedy. Starting Jan. 1, 2025, new Builder’s Remedy projects must comply with site restrictions, density limits, certain objective local standards and other mandated requirements. In exchange for these new restrictions, AB 1893 eases certain affordability requirements and offers Builder’s Remedy applicants more explicit protection from common tactics used by opponents of Builder’s Remedy projects.
    • Existing Builder’s Remedy projects that meet certain requirements should be protected automatically, and existing projects that do not meet these requirements may “convert” to AB 1893 by redesigning the project without losing the project’s entitlement to the Builder’s Remedy. The law provides that existing vested projects may also choose to proceed under pre-existing law.
    • A companion law, AB 1886, clears the path for existing and future Builder’s Remedy projects by foreclosing a number of legal arguments that anti-Builder’s Remedy jurisdictions frequently employ to frustrate these projects.

    California Legislature Passes Major Reforms for “Builder’s Remedy” Projects | Insights | Holland & Knight

    All this certainly should not discourage people who care from learning all you can about the projects and speaking out about preserving what matters…such as quality of life, environmental protection and public safety matters.  It can still make a difference…especially by writing letters to the Supervisors, and Letters to the Editor in local papers…public image means alot to some, and if done in a respectful manner with suggested alternatives that are reasonable, can make a difference.  Show up and speak out, otherwise, all is lost.

    ANOTHER DEVELOPER FEE ON THE HORIZON?
    County Planning Dept. staff announced to the County Commission on the Environment this week that developers will likely see a new Vehicle Miles Traveled mitigation fee for future projects.  The money would be used to fund infrastructure for bicycle and alternative transportation to mitigate traffic impacts for their projects.

    Stay tuned.

    SANTA CRUZ COUNTY SUPERVISORS JUST DON’T SEEM TO WANT YOU TO KNOW
    Even though 4th District County Supervisor Felipe Hernandez stated publicly stated on February 25  he was organizing a town hall meeting in response to many, many people who voiced concern about the County’s plan to allow battery energy storage systems (BESS) here, he now states he is NOT.

    He replied to repeated correspondence by many that he does not intend to hold any town hall meetings on the BESS issue until AFTER the Board approves the impending Ordinance for three such project sites in the County (90 Minto Road in Watsonville, Freedom Blvd. near Aptos High School, and Paul Sweet Road near Dominican Hospital).

    Why is he not willing to be transparent with the public until the Ordinance is approved to allow these facilities in neighborhoods and remove agricultural land from production?

    Local residents are organizing their own town hall, under “Stop BESS in Santa Cruz County”. Stay tuned.

    WHY ARE UC REGENTS HIRING NON-UNION CONSTRUCTION LABOR FOR MAJOR HOUSING PROJECT?
    Listen in Friday, March 28 at 2pm on Santa Cruz Voice.com to hear why Carpenter’s Local workers are protesting at UCSC’s main entrance.  Mr. Bryan Shields, speaking out for the Nor Cal Carpenter’s Union, will explain why workers are protesting the fact that UC Regents have hired non-union workers for this massive construction project in the East Meadow.

    https://www.santacruzsentinel.com/2024/06/20/photos-work-begins-on-uc-santa-cruz-housing-project/

    Listen in on your computer or smart device from anywhere in the world at 2pm Pacific Time to learn more, and how the Nor Cal Carpenters Union is also working hard to support women in the construction trades.
    https://santacruzvoice.com/

    If you miss the show, you can listen to the recording that will be posted under “Community Matters” and Current Shows, after 5pm.

    WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP FOR WHAT MATTERS TO YOU.
    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...
    Our Federal Bureaucracy

    What is there to not like about the federal bureaucracy? What is your experience? I think it is worth discussing these things in hopes that our culture becomes wiser about the role of our type of democracy in shaping our future…for the better.

    Backstop to Evil
    As I was becoming an adult, I thought the federal government was a great idea – it was a backstop to evil. In my mind, if a state somehow succumbed to evil, then the federal government could step in and correct it. It seemed to me at the time that the federal government was less corruptible, more heroic. Having spent much of my childhood in the South, the federal government’s role in overcoming human enslavement and then making headway with civil rights was foremost on my mind. Then I came to understand that this oversight role was also important in averting environmental disasters- species extinction and toxic pollution, for example.

    Maybe Not So Much
    As an adult, I watched with amazement the federal response to Hurricane Katrina under the Bush/Cheney administration; the debate about the federal government’s role in that largely manmade disaster was fascinating. It was the first time that I cognizantly witnessed the federal administration purposefully shirking its responsibility to assist local governments during such a disaster. That was some powerful foreshadowing. Now I understand that things are not so black-and-white with federal oversight.

    Species Extinction
    The U.S. government’s role in averting species extinction has been critical, though not without flaws. I have been actively involved with federal efforts around the Monterey Bay for some time with a number of plant and wildlife species that are protected by federal statute. The list is huge, including: central coast populations of coho salmon and steelhead, California red-legged frog, California tiger salamander, Mount Hermon June beetle, Zayante band-winged grasshopper, many whale species, sea lions, harbor seals, Southern sea otter, California condor, peregrine falcon, marbled murrelet, all of the many neo-tropical migratory bird species (warblers!), Santa Cruz tarplant, Ohlone tiger beetle, and more.

    The goal of the federal Endangered Species Act is to recover the ‘listed’ species to such a point that they are no longer in danger of extinction. The tool box federal officials use to that end include both ‘carrots’ and ‘sticks.’ As to the ‘sticks,’ I have not witnessed any federal legal proceedings despite ample opportunities for prosecution. However, I have seen smart, capable federal staff helping immensely to provide assistance to public land managers and private landowners, helping endangered species to recover. Under The Department of Interior, the US Fish and Wildlife Service offers its staff time and expertise as well as grant money with a prioritization and tracking system that is solid and survives staffing changes. Their every five-year review of the status of each endangered species is particularly invaluable. Without their work, it is difficult for me to envision a future for most of our local species currently on the federal list.

    Travel
    The federal role in assuring the resilience and safety of interstate commerce also has a critical link to the health of some local species and ecosystems. The federal Department of Commerce oversees the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), which is responsible for the National Estuarine Research Reserve System (NERRS). The latter was founded from a bit of legislative brilliance, which recognized that harbors at the mouths of rivers would best be managed in partnership with nature as guided by science. Otherwise, in gross terms, the dredging and pollution abatement costs to harbors (emphasize: important to the military and commerce) would be more onerous. NOAA and the NERRS were early adopters of Al Gore’s government accountability program. Vice President Gore put into place a system where each branch of the federal government would set goals for tangible outcomes, monitor, and report on progress and adjust systems to improve government efficiency. The NERRS adopted such a framework. Federal government efficiency is showcased in the NERRS through a “place-based” approach: the science, outreach, and education must be prioritized to address the needs of local populations and decision makers affecting the health of the estuary. Annual reports from each of the nation’s estuaries outline how their federal funding results in tangible outcomes.

    Moss Landing Harbor
    In back of the Moss Landing Harbor lies the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve (Elkhorn Slough NERR). We call it the “Elkorn Slough,” and it is our local example of a NERR applying this government efficiency program. I have personal experience with that system having worked there for 14 years (through 2017). The priority local needs for the education, outreach, and science for this beautiful estuary have always revolved mainly around agricultural impacts (sediment, nutrients) but also include managing water flow with tide control structures, recreational impacts on wildlife, and development pressure (erosion, endangered species). My experience was that much of the insufficient funding from the federal government was not channeled in ways that met the mandated purpose of the NERRS. There was only the slightest modicum of federal oversight enabling only the most minor adjustments to bring the NERR into compliance. During my tenure, I had to constantly leverage non-NERR resources to meet the funding obligations of my portion of the mandate. And, I had no sense that anyone at the federal level understood how I or anyone else at the Elkhorn Slough contributed to the outcomes mandated by Congress in any kind of way that demonstrated the efficiency of government. But, the reports and data are all there for anyone to examine, and there is a system in place should there be sufficient desire to steer that program in a different direction.

    Your Government
    As citizens, how do we support good federal programs and constructively improve others that need it? I am not aware of any system that allows citizen feedback on federal programs. And, I am not aware of any groups in the Monterey Bay area actively engaged with providing our representatives fair assessments of the efficiency of federal spending, at least not in the environmental arena. Currently, there is a fight to either cut or save everything: a polarity. I wish for more constructive conversation. I want to keep efficiently administered federal support for the environmental protection measures that even “progressive” California would not otherwise provide.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Tuesday, March 25, 2025

    The picture shown above has made a big impression on me. It accompanied an article published by Bloomberg on January 9, 2025. On that date, memorial services were held in the National Cathedral, to honor former president Jimmy Carter.

    Apparently, some consternation occurred, after the memorial ceremonies were over. Country stars Garth Brooks and Trisha Yearwood performed what has been reported to be Carter’s favorite song, John Lennon’s “Imagine.” Well, Lennon’s song does contain lyrics that encourage people to “imagine there’s no heaven.” What a song for the National Cathedral, right?

    I choose not to enter into the recriminations that were apparently made by some. I just want to look at that picture, selected by Bloomberg to accompany its article on the memorial to Carter.

    The picture shows President Carter shaking the hand of Deng Xiaoping, who served as the paramount leader of the People’s Republic of China from 1978 to 1989. Isn’t that a great picture?

    While we are talking about imagining things, can we imagine a president who wouldn’t threaten other nations with military force or economic sanctions, but who would just talk to their leaders, instead? I am thinking about a president who would be working with one of those leaders to find ways for the United States to cooperate with that leader’s country, to address all the incredible challenges that face the world today. Wouldn’t that actually be amazing? I’d like to imagine that! A few steps short of heaven, to be sure, but that is the direction we need to go!

    I bet a president like Jimmy Carter could work with those leaders of other nations (even China), and find some common ground and agreement on some positive things for the two nations to do cooperatively, things that would help both nations deal with the mutual problems and possibilities that are challenges for all of us. I can envision just what it would look like, too, when the president and one of those foreign leaders started working out some of the possibilities. Just like that picture of Jimmy Carter and Deng Xiaoping!

    Here’s what I imagine our president might say: “Hey, that’s wonderful. That’s a great idea. Let’s shake on it.”

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...
    Legacy of catastrophe, tipping a whig cap, don’t worry…be happy

    Steve Schmidt on his The Warning blog focuses on a story by Peter NicholasCarol E Lee and Megan Shannon concerning the reappearance of former president Joe Biden, offering to people close to him to raise funds, campaign and do anything else necessary for Democrats to recover lost ground from the rollbacks of Democratic Party-designed programs by President Trump. In a meeting with new Democratic National Committee chairman, Ken MartinBiden offered his help to raise the popularity of the party from the 27% favorability of voters to which it has fallen of late, a ranking that is likely to keep falling in its struggle to regain its viability. A report says Donald Trump responded to a possible Biden re-entry into politics by declaring, “I hope so.” Schmidt says Trump is happy. DNC Vice Chair Jan Kleeb responded with, “The Kool Aid tastes delicious. If you were to call any state party chair and ask if they wanted Joe to be a keynote speaker for their annual dinner, the answer would be ‘Yes.’ He is beloved by the party and beloved by voters.” It is said the Bidens are sequestered with their team of gaslighters, all plotting how to make money on the books that are coming as they consult with former administration officials, and a snarky question arises: Biden is signed with CAA in Hollywood, so it is fair to ask who will play him in the dramatic pardon scene at the end of his tenure? Schmidt says Biden’s selfishness is his legacy, and wife Jill’s lust for power, combined with the insatiability of his advisers for more of it, has led America into an abyss — which leads into another tragic legacy: Trump. This is a legacy of catastrophe, and the reality is that Joe Biden will serve the sentence that he imposed on all of us in solitary. Schmidt concludes that the lies and delusions should be put down at last, with a realization that more Biden and Schumer is not the right path — the party is already in the ditch.

    Schmidt slams Senator Schumer by mocking his ‘strategy‘: By not going after every single issue, picking only the most important fights, then lying down on the train tracks. He describes Schumer as “the career politician from Brooklyn, a cloistered man from a cloistered club, presiding over our national suicide — sublime, indifferent and capitulant. The view is good from the tracks for Chuck Schumer and his team of fools, who can watch the Trump locomotive run over them again and again and again.” Illinois governor JB Pritzker rejected Schumer’s appeasement, saying, “Trump is not somebody that you can appease. We’ve got to stand up and fight. And by the way, at the state level, I think many of us are. But I think that we’ve got to make sure that in the Senate and the House, that the people who have a platform are standing up.” Schmidt charges the Democratic Senate members with failing the country in an urgent moment, being ill-led, and corrupted by the touches of a thousand lobbyists, who know the lure of self-interest as a primary enticement which is more important than fighting for constituents. “The Senate Democrats are a team that can’t fight because at their head they have a man who can’t stand up. Chuck Schumer is a lay-flat type of man. This moment calls for stand up people with guts, integrity and a plan. JB Pritzker should appreciate two things: Chuck Schumer isn’t changing, and neither is Donald Trump. Let me close by saying something as clearly and directly as I can. Is there anything more grotesque than what Donald Trump is doing? Is there anything more grotesque than Elon Musk stomping about the US government like it is SpaceX? What about the purges, the lawlessness? The answer is yes, there is. It is the surrender to it all. It is the laying down on the tracks when the train is coming. Why can’t Chuck see it? Why can’t Chuck hear it? He is a most preposterous figure. He is a hollow man from a fallen age — the archetype of the 21st century politician so perfectly suited for our fallen moment. The age of silliness has ended, and along with it, any pretenses that menace isn’t real and malice hasn’t seized power in America. It has. The question now is, can we get it back?”

    The bugaboo for ‘Real Time’ host Bill Maher is ‘deregulation,’ a repudiation of which he believes is dragging the Democratic Party downwards, suggesting the party is facing the same fate as the Whig Party which collapsed in the 1850s, and a notion they should embrace. He cited the American Redistricting Project’s outlook that Democrats will lose congressional seats in CaliforniaNew YorkIllinoisMinnesotaRhode Island and Oregon by 2030, with Republicans gaining seats in TexasFloridaIdaho and Utah“I mean, it looks like ‘game over.’ And the reason why people are voting with their feet is a lot what your book is about: taxes and regulation,” he told New York Times columnist and ‘Abundance‘ co-author Ezra Klein“I’ve been screaming about it forever. We’re taxed (in California) more than any other state. People are leaving these kind of states for places where they don’t feel the heavy breath of government on them. It’s not that hard for Democrats to understand this, but they don’t. They seem to be incapable of doing anything about it,” he continued. Klein’s response cited polls revealing the reason people are ditching Blue States is ‘cost of living,’ stressing that if 2030 projections hold, the Red States will ultimately allow Republicans to win presidential elections without the Blue wall states of PennsylvaniaMichigan and Wisconsin“They are driving people out, working-class families, out of the states they govern because the cost of living is too high,” Klein says, linking it to regulations and taxes, adding, “But the big problem is they just don’t have enough energy, not a government capable of delivering, and they’ve been treating that as not a real problem.” He went on to praise Texas and cities like Houston and Austin which are booming because of their friendly environment for home and energy development, while noting the irony of the Texas GOP’s opposition to clean energy, yet able to thrive because of deregulation. “We need an Elon Musk who would do to California what he’s doing to the government — in a sane way. I mean, if you have 400,000 regulations and you cannot build a high-speed rail that started in 2008, you need somebody to come in here. Who is this person on the left?” Responding to his question, panelist and Substack writer, Andrew Sullivan said, “The left doesn’t want to deregulate. They just don’t have that instinct to deregulate. They’re gonna have to get over it, or they’re gonna be the Whigs.”

    With the Democrats approval rating at 27%, Donald Trump’s star rose to a 44% rating, his highest-ever, prompting him to crow about it on Truth Social — still underwater, however, with 51% of those polled in disapproval. Americans who believe the country is on the right track also hit the 44% mark, with 54% saying we’re on the wrong track, but the Trump border security and immigration issues got a 55% approval. The economy polling has another topsy-turvy result with 54% disapproving of Trump policies, and a 44% approval rating in the NBC poll. Intra-party rifts and frustration consumed the Democrats in Congress as lawmakers approached a possible government shutdown a couple of weeks ago, as Senate Democrats had to decide between a House approved, GOP plan to keep the government afloat — a choice between backing Trump legislation giving him more power, or a shutdown forcing hundreds of thousands of workers to be idled. In the end, ten Senate Democrats sided with the MAGA side of the aisle avoiding a shutdown. Senator Sheldon Whitehouse is asking for less animosity, calling for Dems to end the “intramural quarreling” in this “fight for democracy,” as “we fight in the dugout, being absent on the field and the other team scoring runs.” Senator Chris Murphy, a ‘no’ voter, said he gets it why some of his colleagues voted to avoid a shutdown, but this risk aversion led to the party sinking to a historic low in polling. “I understand that had we gone into a shutdown, even for a handful of days, it would have been difficult, but it would have sent a message that the Democratic Party is not going to be bullied by Donald Trump.” In a CNN poll, 57% of Democrats and Democratic-aligned independents feel that party leaders should focus on stopping the GOP agenda, with 42% wanting cooperation with Republicans.

    Last week, President Trump signed an executive order directing Education Secretary Linda McMahon to “take all necessary steps to facilitate the closure of the Department of Education and return education authority to the States, while continuing to ensure the effective and uninterrupted delivery of services, programs, and benefits on which Americans rely,” though completely shuttering the 45 year-old agency will require an act of Congress. The workforce had already been cut in half, and dozens of grants and contracts canceled, all of which have drawn legal challenges. Former wrestling executive McMahon’s actions will effectively destroy a $100 billion-a-year department created by President Carter, as surely as Trump’s gutting of funding for the National Institutes of Health, the National Science Foundation and effective closure of USAID. Not to be overlooked are his and RFK Jr’s attacks on vaccine science, Trump’s attacks on freedom of speech of university students and professors, and state attacks on teaching truth in our schools about America’s history of slavery and Native American genocide. Then we have attacks on libraries with an executive order mandating cuts in funding, which will jeopardize literacy development and reading programs, reliable internet for those without it at home, and homework help and other resources for students and educators. The same executive order cut funding for museums, and on the arts, as Trump appointed himself as chair of the Kennedy Center in DCRobert Reich sees all this as an attack on the American mind, as “tyrants throughout history have understood that their major enemy is an educated citizenry. Slaveholders prohibited slaves from learning to read. Nazi’s burned books. Ignorance is the handmaiden of tyranny.” Reich sees Trump as “the frontman in this attack which is really coming from the anti-democracy movement: From JD Vance; and from Vance’s major financial backer, venture capitalist Peter Thiel, who staked Vance’s senatorial campaign and helped convince Trump to select Vance as VP; and from Thiel’s early business partner, Elon Musk.”

    Thiel is a self-styled libertarian who once wrote: “I no longer believe that freedom and democracy are compatible.” Reich responded with, “Hello? Freedom is incompatible with democracy only if you view democracy as a potential constraint on your wealth and power. Curtis Yarvin comes as close as anyone to being their intellectual godfather. He has written that political power in the US is held by a liberal amalgam of universities and the mainstream media whose commitment equality and justice is eroding America’s social order. In Yarvin’s view, democratic governments are inefficient and wasteful. They should be replaced with sovereign joint-stock corporations whose major ‘shareholders’ select an executive with total power, who serves at their pleasure. Yarvin refers to the city-state of Singapore as an example of a successful authoritarian regime. Be warned,” advises Reich. Former Obama adviser, Steven Rattner, wrote on X“The Department of Education provides crucial funding for low-income public schools — eliminating it would result in the loss of 6% of teachers’ jobs nationwide.” He presented a chart based on data from the Center of American Progress on states’ K-12 education funding under Title I, the Ed Department’s main federal program to help low-income students, showing LouisianaMississippiFloridaAlabamaNevada, and Arizona — Trump states — as most reliant on that funding, and the most likely to lose hundreds of teachers, with many other Red States close behind. Rattner says this will likely lead to a devastating domino effect of educational instability in states that need it most.

    Conservatives argue that other education department functions, such as administering loans, should be handled instead by the US Department of Treasury, and that civil rights infractions are the Department of Justice’s domain. Trump’s allies also want to expand school choice, which would allow students and families to use public money to select private or religious alternatives to public schools. But who can forget Trump’s primary victory speech in Nevada, when he said, “We won with the young. We won with the old. We won with the highly educated. We won with poorly educated. I love the poorly educated.” This post on Quora captures that moment: “A person who misspells three-letter words, talks in code, cannot finish a single thought in a sentence, acts like a toddler, and only thinks of himself with a strong desire to be worshipped and loved by his followers, will almost literally roll over and have his belly scratched for money by actual billionaires and corporate goons. Although graduating from Penn State, claiming he went to Wharton School of Business, his professors said he was the dumbest person they ever taught — and who could prove otherwise since he forbids his school records to be divulged. Military school instructors called him the dumbest person on the planet. I peg his IQ at about a 75, slightly above my dog’s IQ, which is borderline Special Needs. The scary part is how many MAGA supporters think he is a very smart man — revealing volumes about their own IQs.”

    “Trump, his chief of ghouls Stephen Miller, and his czar of white ethnonationalism, Tom Homan, have been making the rounds of calling out ‘rogue’ federal judges who dare to try to apply the law to Trump and his administration,” wrote Elie Mystal in The Nation. The chief executive has called out for the impeachment of US District Judge James E Boasberg, who ordered Trump to halt the deportations of Venezuelans to El Salvador — which Trump ignored. “That SEEMED to trigger Supreme Court Chief Justice John Roberts, prompting him to pull out the weapon most preferred by institutionalists to fight the fascist takeover of the government: the sternly worded letter,” reports Mystal. Roberts issued a statement which read, in full: “For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision. The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.” Mystal says people who don’t know any better are calling this a rare “rebuke” of the sitting president from the Chief Justice“I urge people to not fall for the ‘Okiedoke,’ and to understand Robert’s statement for what it is: meaningless drivel from a man trying to protect his own stature instead of trying to protect the country from a tyrant.” Robert’s letter telling Trump that impeachment is not an ‘appropriate response’ to a judicial disagreement is like me telling Trump that he can’t jump off his roof and fly. It’s not a ‘rebuke’ to tell somebody they shouldn’t do what they physically can’t do anyway. Impeachment of federal judges follows the same rules as the impeachment of a president, a process familiar to Trump, where the House brings impeachment charges, and the Senate presides over a trial which requires a two-thirds vote for conviction. Mystal gets a dig in, when he says, “Trump controls the House, but he doesn’t control two-thirds of the Senate. Judge Boasberg is not Palestinian, so I don’t think Chuck Schumer will give Trump the extra votes he needs.”

    “Justice Roberts knows all that. His statement is meaningless because it tells Trump not to do something he already can’t do. Roberts is sprinting to the head of the parade already in motion, just to look like he’s leading it,” says Mystal. Looking at what Roberts didn’t say, Mystal points out that Trump is in direct violation of Boasberg’s order, but Roberts avoided that, and instead of an admonishment, Roberts only invoked the ‘normal appellate review process,’ NOT saying Trump should litigate disagreements with the judge, but saying Trump should feel free to ignore lower-court orders until the Supreme Court has a chance to weigh in — essentially telling Trump what he wants to hear. Roberts is trying to maintain the appearance of power in the face of a president who has shown no inclination to respect it, with the Chief Justice desperately trying sound as if he’s in control, to avoid a judicial confrontation with Trump. Mystal calls it a delicate game, looking back in history to Chief Justice John Marshall’s attempt to maintain an appearance of judicial supremacy against President Thomas Jefferson — the Marbury v. Madison case in 1803. The case dealt with the seating of commissioners appointed by President Adams, seats Jefferson didn’t wish to fill, so a lawsuit was initiated by William Marbury. Marshall knew Jefferson was never going to fill those positions, and all the court orders in the world wouldn’t have mattered a whit to Jefferson, so Marshall deferred to the president, saying it was wrong not to seat the commissioners, but it didn’t matter anyway because the entire congressional law itself was unconstitutional. Mystal concludes, “He was bending the knee.” Turn down the echo machine!

    A phone call between President Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin to discuss ending the war in Ukraine has comedian Jimmy Fallon casting a jaundiced eye, saying, “Both sides said the call went well, which makes sense because they’re both on the same side. Russia actually described the call as historic and epic, and nothing makes me feel safe like a happy Russia.” Despite the hype, the New York Times reported that the call accomplished nearly nothing, with Fallon joking, “The White House said Putin agreed to a partial ceasefire — at least they think he did. It was tough to hear on the phone with Elon’s kids playing tag in the background.”

    Speaking of happy — the US has dropped to its lowest-ever ranking on the World Happiness Report conducted by Wellbeing Research Centre at the University of Oxford in partnership with Gallup and the UN Sustainable Development Solutions Network. Falling down one spot from last year, to 24th, and from the nation’s highest ranking of 11th place in 2012, rankings are determined from answers people give when asked to rate their own lives. Finland has held the top spot for eight years, followed by DenmarkIcelandSweden, and the Netherlands in the top five; Costa Rica and Mexico entered the top ten for the first time, ranking sixth and tenth place, respectively. Brent Hartinger and Michael Jensen-Brent in the Washington Post say that people don’t want to go to parties anymore — along with other signs the world is coming to an end. They say Americans‘ current obsession with social media and “therapy culture” isn’t going to end well, as people who do show up at social gatherings are sitting to one side staring at their phones assuring that things rarely take off. The Wall Street Journal adds that it’s now socially acceptable — even something brag about — to cancel your plans with other people at the last second. Both publications blame these new social mores on America’s political polarization — who wants to socialize with people on ‘the other side’ anyway? They say it’s the lingering after-effects of COVID — but please, that’s not it at all; why are both newspapers pretending not to see what’s really going on? Smartphones and social media! Why bother interacting with actual human beings when you can have all your social needs met by living online? Teachers will tell us that kids are literally addicted to their phones, accustomed to the dopamine hits from social media that bring on actual symptoms of withdrawal when separated from their phones. The greater problem is that social media isn’t really real; it’s the illusion of intimacy. It gives people what we want, to keep us forever engaged and looking at ads — but not what we need. It’s also important to sometimes be bored. And remember, as great as cat videos are, actual cats are always better.

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Spring

    “In the spring, at the end of the day, you should smell like dirt.”
    ~Margaret Atwood

    “In the Spring, I have counted 136 different kinds of weather inside of 24 hours.”
    ~Mark Twain

    “You can cut all the flowers but you cannot keep spring from coming.”
    ~Pablo Neruda

    “In winter, I plot and plan. In spring, I move.”
    ~Henry Rollins

    “Never cut a tree down in the wintertime. Never make a negative decision in the low time. Never make your most important decisions when you are in your worst moods. Wait. Be patient. The storm will pass. The spring will come.”
    ~Robert H. Schuller

    ...

    This music is very different from last week’s offering. It is a playlist of 3 hours worth of mellow, groovy, instrumental music that you can play in the background when you’re doing something else. You’re welcome! 🙂


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    March 19 – 25, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… on the Meder St. development… Steinbruner… Batteries, fire map, and private well owners… Hayes… We Are One… Patton… Direct Action On The “Climate Crisis”… Matlock… …tireless…nothing in return…cuz u trash… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Salut Salon … Quotes on… “Timelines”

    ...

    OFFICIAL OPENING OF OUR MUNICIPAL WHARF. This was in 1918; little did these folks know how we would beautify our wharf with our fabulous commercial enterprises. Do note the northern angle the wharf takes…that’s what saved it from the monstrous waves and storms over all these decades (over a century), until the recent debacle. Hmmm, I wonder what changed…

    photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email webmistress@brattononline.com

    Dateline: March 19, 2025

    Donate to BrattonOnline

    It was suggested to me that I put up a donation pitch again, as it’s been quite a while. Here goes:

    BrattonOnline is a work of passion, with varying contributors that started around the core of Bruce (obviously) and Gunilla, who began doing this in 2003. We miss Bruce tremendously, and are doing our best to continue this work in his honor.

    We don’t get paid, but there are costs associated with running a website. If you want to pitch in, we are ever so grateful!!

    This button takes you to a secure donation form.

    ...

    WHAT’S YOUR FAVORITE THING HERE IN PARADISE? I often tell people, “Well, I do live in Paradise!” when they complain about, for example, their winter weather and mention how good I have it. I’ve been here since 1996, and I do love it. I googled “Santa Cruz” for some writing inspo, and the things that came up were mixed, to say the least! There were lots of articles about it being “the most expensive rental market in the US”, and lots of “5 things to do in Santa Cruz!”, which covered stuff like miles-long beaches and trails, the Boardwalk, and other “touristy” things.

    My best friend from high school back home in Sweden, whom I hadn’t seen in 29 years(!!!) was recently here for a visit with my other friend from Sweden who lives in Portland. We had 3 glorious days of 3 BFFs hanging out being tourists, and I brought them to Roaring Camp, the Mystery Spot, a walk on West Cliff, a soak at Well Within, and a Sin Sisters Burlesque show at Kuumbwa Jazz Center. It felt like the right blend of relaxing, yet packed few days, and as often when you show someone new around your town, I got a better appreciation of it myself. I’m wondering what places you would bring someone to? What absolute must-sees did I miss? If you are so inclined, feel free to email me about it at webmistress@BrattonOnline.com 🙂

    This has been part of my attempted self-care regimen that involves staying positive despite currently inhabiting the darkest possible timeline… do also feel free to share your tips and tricks! I now return you to your regularly scheduled programming…

    ...

    THE ELECTRIC STATE. Netflix Movie (6 IMDb) ***- This has the energy of ’80s adventure films, like Batteries Not Included and War Games, with a touch of Fallout retro-futurism. Here’s the deal: In the ’50s, Walt Disney sparked a robot boom, leading to a robot rebellion in the ’90s. After the war, robots were confined to a walled-off Midwest wasteland. Michelle (Millie Bobby Brown) discovers her genius brother, supposedly dead, stuck in a robot shell and searching for a mysterious doctor. Keats (Chris Pratt) and his robot sidekick help her break into the wasteland. They’re pursued by a robot exterminator (Giancarlo Esposito) working for a tech billionaire, Skate (Stanley Tucci), who wants Michelle’s brother. Fun, nostalgic, and spot-on art direction. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    ADOLESCENCE. Netflix Series (8.4 IMDb) *** I was going to start off saying this was uninspired in its execution, till I saw a shot fly up from one character, fly several blocks away, drop down to where another character is getting out of a car, and hold a steady close up – all in one shot. A British crime drama about the impact of incel politics on pre-sexual children. Very saddening. Worth a watch. ~Sarge

    [Mea culpa! I overwrote the review below with a different one last week, so sorry! Thanks to a reader for the email letting me know! Here’s the correct one: ~Webmistress]

    A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- I don’t know how accurate this is as a depiction of young Bob Dylan (Timothee Chalamet), but it does make me yearn for those days as an adult (I wouldn’t be released till ’63). The film basically encapsulates Dylan from ’61 to ’65, following his relationships, and rise in the folk community, and his troubled transition to something more. Ed Norton as the supportive and eventally outgrown Pete Seeger, Elle Fanning as Dylan’s constantly trying-to-stay-in-his-focus lover Sylvie Russo/Suze Rotolo, and Monica Barbaro as the legendary sometime lover/sometime music partner Joan Baez. Worth a watch.~Sarge

    THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    HEART EYES. In theaters. Movie (6.6 IMDb) **- A meet-cute rom-com – with a slasher! Odd mix, but it seems to be director Josh Ruben’s forte. Ad designer Ally (Olivia Holt) accidently presents a “historic tracic lovers” motif JUST as notorious serial killer, Heart Eyes, who murders romantic couples on Valentine’s Day, resurfaces. She teams up with “ad fixer” freelancer Jay (Mason Gooding) in a “Desk Set” will-they won’t-they team-up, until an unexpected kiss puts them in the sights of Heart Eyes. The slashing is moderately creative, the chemistry fairly good, but it just lacks a real personality for Heart Eyes (which you need for a franchise killer). Not for the timid, but not epic gorefest either. On par with Christopher Landon’s 2020 body-swap horror/comedy “Freaky” (ala Freaky Friday – only instead of mother/daughter, it’s slasher/cheerleader). ~Sarge

    THE BREAKTHROUGH. Netflix. Series (7.1 IMDb) **- Thanks to Netflix’s voracious appetite for new material, we’ve had a lot of opportunity to watch movies and tv from all over the place. I’ve been noticing an alarming number of bleak crime dramas from Sweden – one of them was “The Breakthrough”, a police procedural based on a real-life 16 year murder investigation. Though the first 3 episodes were a trifle slow, the final episode finally brings it all together. Peter Eggers stars as a police detective who does a LOT of speedwalking while beating his heart out against an impossible case. ~Sarge

    NOSFERATU (2024). Prime. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- A darkly delightful remake of F.W. Murnau’s 1922 original “Nosferatu” (itself, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”). The story points match, down to the use of shadows as characters. The performances by Depp, Hoult, and Skarsgård breathe new life into the story, as do the visual textures of the cinematography and costume design (even the choice of using Dacian – a long dead language from central Europe – for Orlok’s dialogue). Slowly menacing in its pacing, this film builds its mood in a way that most modern horror films fail to. ~Sarge

    ERASERHEAD. Max. Movie (7.3 IMDb) **** In honor of the passing of one of the most individual visions in the film industry, David Lynch, I went back and revisited “Eraserhead” for the first time in 40 years. It would become a cult hit during the late 70’s-80’s. There was nothing like it at the time, with a Buñuel level of slow-paced uncomfortable surrealism, and a story that can’t easily be described. As such, it tends to be shoehorned into the genre of horror, which, on a certain level, is fair, but it is so much more. It will be a slog for the short attention-span set, but worth every unsettling moment. Starring Jack Nance, one of Lynch’s personal ensemble favorites. ~Sarge

    ...

    March 17, 2025

    Turning a Silk Purse

    This sweet piece of open space land is at 422 and 430 Meder St., opposite the Jewish Cemetery. It is the site of a proposed development project for ninety-seven townhouses. The builder is KB Home, a company that “builds homes primarily for first-time home buyers” according to Wikipedia. A meeting was held by the city on March 10, for the public to give opinions and ask questions on the design and pre-application review of the project. I, along with over ninety others, attended the virtual community meeting. The overwhelming sentiment from those who spoke or wrote comments was one of dismay; not for the fact that the land was finally being built on, but for the density of the development; ninety-seven three-story townhouses on a six and a half-acre site.

    First some history. I’m acquainted with the long-time owner of this property. Sometime in the late 1980’s or early 1990’s I recall his frustration with the city over his trying to develop the property for first-time, single-family home buyers. The proposed houses, probably twenty-five in all – the allowed zoning in this R1-10 zoned district – were to be modest in scale and affordable to first-time homebuyers. The city pushed back hard, they wanted density, he didn’t. Finally, he gave up, withdrew the application and the land has remained a horse paddock ever since, until recently.

    This newly proposed KB Home project comes in at fifteen units per acre, compared with approximately four units per acre according to R1-10 zoning. It includes the state’s density bonus, which raises the allowed number of units from ten to fifteen per acre. I have searched the city’s Municipal Code and General Plan but can find no entry for such a significant change to the stated zoning for R1-10, even with the addition of state-mandated density bonus and allowed ADU’s. This project is listed as a Medium-density project which I thought is disallowed in an R1 zone. I have emailed the project planner and hope to get more clarity by next issue and will correct or question, depending on the city’s response.

    Leaving aside the zoning question for now, what else did we learn about this project? The representative from KB Home explained the townhouses are intended for families. Each is four bedrooms with three and a half baths. This aroused my skepticism. If KB Home is known for building for first-time home buyers, why would each townhouse have the same number of bedrooms? And why four bedrooms? Not suitable for most first-time homebuyers looking for affordable housing, but ideal for students.

    After their first year on campus, students look for off-campus rental housing, usually a house where they share bedrooms and living space. Four bedrooms and almost as many bathrooms is an ideal layout for students. Given the proximity to UCSC with its lack of sufficient housing for its growing student body, a savvy investor would snap up these ninety-seven townhouses to rent to students. My hunch grew stronger with a look at the project plans, which show the ninety-seven townhouses arranged in barrack-like rows. If you were designing townhouses for young families, you would consider arranging them in clusters around a safe play space for children. There is no play space anywhere in the project plans. Granted this was an initial design and could change but it was presumably prepared to appeal to the public. Nothing in the project or the design appealed to the vast majority who expressed opinions.

    When asked what the price range was to be for a townhouse, the representative said, “we don’t have a price range yet.” That is hard to believe. I can’t imagine securing funding without some specifics on rate of return. There were many concerns expressed; increased traffic at nearby, already dangerous intersections, impact on the wide range of wildlife that live on or traverse the property, impact on the water table, protection for the creek and a consensus that the scale was out of all proportion to the area. One commenter with a mastery of the English language called it an “aesthetic crime!”

    With respect to the question of affordability, the 15% of units earmarked as “affordable” are for those earning the moderate rate or 120% of the Area Median Income (AMI). The KB Home representative mentioned teachers and public employees as examples. However, those two categories of workers are in the current Low-Income category given the escalating rate of AMI in the city due to the influx of high-income professional workers and the exodus of low-income service workers. It’s past time to have a public dialogue on the use and misuse of these income categories and assess who they are helping and who they are not helping.

    To be continued.

    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...

    WHAT WILL PRIVATE WELL OWNERS PAY?
    The MidCounty Groundwater Agency called a meeting for private well owners on St. Patrick’s Day to present a plan for a new tax on parcels and wells in order to fund the Agency’s $650,000 anticipated cost for compliance with the State mandates. I was very happy to see the large meeting room at Simpkins Swim Center full and overflowing and that it was a presentation with question and answer format, rather than a noisy open house social hour.

    In general , people are against having to pay anything to the Agency because they are already paying to maintain their wells, pay the high cost of electricity to pump their water, and argued that septic recharge should be considered as a benefit to the groundwater recharge efforts of the region.

    The matter will NOT be put to a vote of the property owners, who would be asked to pay a parcel tax plus a fee based on how much water they pump. The consultant estimated there are 1,900 parcels that could be assessed $20-$45 each, in addition to the water use tax. One fellow did the math and objected that the amount for the parcel tax alone would be well over the 10% the consultant’s pie chart showed in the presentation that would be needed from the private well owners to “pay their share”.

    The MidCounty Groundwater Agency Board meets Thursday, March 19 at 6pm in the Capitola Library. People need to show up and speak up. Recent News | Santa Cruz Mid-County Groundwater Agency

    ANOTHER IMPORTANT COUNTY CITIZEN’S ADVISORY COMMISSION TO BITE THE DUST?
    I attended the County Housing Advisory Commission meeting on Wednesday, March 18. It was the first time the Planning Dept. staff had not cancelled the meeting in a year. How can that be when housing issues are so critical? The main topic on the Commission agenda was to provide comment on what the Board should regarding whether their advisory body stays intact or gets the ax, as several others have experienced.

    Seasoned and knowledgeable Commissioners presented excellent comment to support their continued regular gathering to review housing policy and make recommendations to the Board that has appointed them. Appointing “stakeholders” without regard to countywide representation will not necessarily provide a balanced analysis of any policy the Planning Dept. or Board wants to have the Commission weigh in on for the record.

    The thrust of all this has come from a study the County and City of Santa Cruz did to analyze composition of commissions based on ethnicity and socio-economic status. They also want more youth to serve on commissions, so now offer a $75/meeting stipend, despite claiming the reason the number of commission meetings would have to be dropped due to the staffing costs.

    Hmmm….

    The staff from the County Administrative Office, who is clearly pushing this agenda, said he appreciated the comments of the Housing Advisory Commissioners, but had his mind made up in what he plans to recommend to the Board of Supervisors in the near future. I’ll bet you can guess what that means….

    PUBLIC MEETING ABOUT THE LARGE AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROPOSED FOR 41ST & SOQUEL DRIVE
    This location was at one time going to be another car sales lot, but the residents in Soquel launched a legal challenge because the Sustainable Santa Cruz County Plan had designated it for housing. That group won. Now, the lot where King’s Paint & Paper is proposed for a large affordable housing project. Come learn more about that on Thursday, March 27, 6pm-7:30pm in the Simpkins Swim Center’s Live Oak Community Room (979 17th Avenue). Light refreshments will be available, as well as Spanish translation. Children welcome.

    DID YOU GET NOTIFICATION OF CPUC LANDLINE HEARINGS?
    The California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) will again be hearing pleadings from telephone service companies to eliminate them as Carrier of Last Resort (COLR), in yet another attempt to drop landline telephone service that is vital for rural areas when the electricity goes out, and there is no cell phone service.

    The CPUC directed these telephone carriers to notify all their customers of the public hearings scheduled for April on the matter. Did you receive that notice? I have not, and neither have many people who depend on reliable landline phone service.

    Here is what the CPUC ordered AT&T and others to do.

    The carriers listed above are directed to:

    • Include notice of the PPHs as a written insert with a mailed bill to customers that currently receive bills via the United States Postal Service. The notice shall state the dates and times of the PPHs, and other information contained in Attachment A. The carriers listed above shall provide a draft notice to the Public Advisor’s Office within 10 days of the issuance of this ruling, and the Public Advisor’s Office may modify the draft notice;
    • Send an e-mail message to all customers that elect to receive their bills via e-mail. The subject line of the e-mail must clearly notify the recipient that the PPHs will be held in this proceeding and include other information contained in Attachment A. The carriers listed above shall provide a draft notice to the Public Advisor’s Office within 10 days of the issuance of this ruling, and the Public Advisor’s Office may modify the draft notice;
    • Send a text message to all customers that elect to receive their bills via text. The carriers listed above shall provide a draft notice to the Public Advisor’s Office within 10 days of the issuance of this ruling, and the Public Advisor’s Office may modify the draft notice;
    • Publicize the PPHs on all social media platforms used by the companies listed above; and
    • Post notice of the PPHs on the companies’ website in a prominent location so that customers can easily access the notice. By no later than March 27, 2025, each carrier or provider listed above shall file a letter with the Public Advisor’s Office verifying that it has complied with all directives set forth above and attaching a copy of the notice for each communication method. For each communication method described above, the letter shall state the dates the carrier sent the notice to customers, and the approximate number of customers notification.

    I looked on AT&T’s website and found nothing, other than the notice of the hearings on this matter held last year!

    CPUC APPROVES BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM ORDER
    In case you have not yet heard, the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) approved an update to Order 167 on March 13, relating to safety of battery energy storage system (BESS) safety policy and procedures. It became effective immediately.

    The new regulation requires battery energy storage system (BESS) owners and operators to:

    1. implement the Senate Bill (SB) 1383 (Hueso, 2022) mandate to establish standards for the maintenance and operation of Energy Storage Systems;
    2. apply SB 38 (Laird, 2023) requirements for Emergency Response and Emergency Action Plans to Energy Storage System Owners;
    3. require Generating Asset Owners to coordinate with local authorities in developing their emergency plans;
    4. establish Logbook Standards for Energy Storage Systems and Renewable Generating Assets and revise Logbook Standards for each Generating Asset;
    5. modify Maintenance and Operation Standards for Generating Assets;
    6. add provisions to enhance safety and effectiveness of Generating Assets and Energy Storage Systems operation and maintenance;
    7. update procedures, references, and definitions;
    8. remove obsolete references and add relevant language; and
    9. update applicable industry codes, standards, and organizations.

    SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

    • Will improve the safety and reliability of California electric generation facilities and energy storage facilities.

    CPUC AUTHORIZES LARGE POWER COMPANIES TO PAY THE SIERRA CLUB FOR THEIR HELP
    Also on the March 13 CPUC docket was approval to have ratepayers reimburse the Sierra Club for their help in some decision-making. Called “Intervenor Compensation”, the Sierra Club got paid $20,232.50 for their help. They had requested more. It was a consent agenda item…considered non-controversial. Should the ratepayers have to fund private groups who act as “Intervenors”? What do you think? Aren’t our power bills high enough?

    R.20-05-003
    Order Instituting Rulemaking to Continue Electric Integrated Resource Planning and Related Procurement Processes.

    PROPOSED OUTCOME:

    • Awards Sierra Club $20,232.50 for substantial contribution to Decision (D.) 24-08- 064. D.24-08-064 makes an initial need determination under the provisions of Assembly Bill 1373, where the California Public Utilities Commission may request that the Department of Water Resources procure electricity from diverse long lead- time resources on behalf of customers of all load-serving entities under the Commission’s integrated resource planning purview. Sierra Club originally requested $21,322.50.

    SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

    • Substantial contribution by intervenors, as found here, enhances the Commission’s ability to resolve safety and other issues under Public Utilities Code Section 451 for each public utility, by taking all actions “necessary to promote the safety, health, comfort, and convenience of its patrons, employees, and the public.”

    ESTIMATED COST:

    • $20,232.50, plus interest, to be paid by the ratepayers of Pacific Gas and Electric Company, San Diego Gas & Electric Company, and Southern California Edison Company. (Comr Alice Reynolds – Judge Fitch) http://docs.cpuc.ca.gov/SearchRes.aspx?docformat=ALL&docid=557444163 Pub. Util. Code §1701.1 — This proceeding is categorized as Ratesetting

    NEW FIRE HAZARD MAPS WILL CAUSE BIG CHANGES IN OUR COUNTY
    I attended the Scotts Valley Fire informational workshop recently and had an opportunity to speak with Fire District staff as well as representatives from the Building Dept. and Water Dept.

    The State Fire Marshal released the maps last month, and identified many areas in local fire district jurisdiction as having high fire hazard classification. Take a look at the map

    The change this generates is, according to the Building Dept staff, all structures built in 2010 and after will have to comply with one-hour fire rating materials and have zero combustible surfaces within the first five feet of any and all structures, including decks. No more composition roofing will be allowed. And, if one wants to upgrade a structure, the work will have to meet the new fire safety requirements.

    On and after July 1, 2021 when you sell property that is located in a high or very high fire hazard severity zone, you’ll need documentation of a compliant Defensible Space Inspection. More information about requesting a Real Estate Defensible Space Inspection here.

    I was glad to see the Water District’s presentation about the Graham Hill Blvd. work starting very soon to create an intertie connection with the City of Santa Cruz for regional water supply improvement. Traffic there will be a mess this summer, but the infrastructure and improved water supply for a large wildland fire will be worth the headaches….I think.

    WRITE ONE LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING ABOUT SOMETHING THAT REALLY MATTERS TO YOU AND ASK QUESTIONS.

    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...
    We Are One

    Do humans all want the same things? Do we all know good from bad? When we look for explanations, for meaning, do we all find the same answers, and feel the same sense of wonder? It is my experience that we have much in common.

    In Search of Unity

    A critique of Our Time Now is that too many are finding too much fault and see too many divisions. Where is unity?

    It is easy for me to find My Tribe and to describe The Others. My tribe consists of the ones who believe that all species deserve a chance and we learn to operate from that principle. Often, we feel apart, too few. We despair to see the Monterey Bay’s most special places disappear to poorly planned development, approved by bureaucrats who feel that their jobs are to strike a balance. We believe humans are capable of better, but that money and politics bend to special interests, eroding the quality of life for future generations. We know what is lost in the real world of biology, deep in the fertile healthy soil and along the ancient paths of wildlife, cannot be regained.

    Then there are The Many Others, who have other principles. Many are just ‘getting by.’ A great many just want to have fun. Then there are the ones who worship money above all else, and the ones who believe that technology will somehow keep us alive and well after the loss of most of Earth’s natural biosystems. I have met these people, we have spoken about such things. These people are not strangers, they are not abstract. Can anything bring us together?

    Falling Apart, Together

    One unifying theme I see is a widespread belief that things are falling apart. My Tribe is unified in understanding that humans’ relationship with Earth is increasingly critically imperiled due to poor collaboration, greed, and despotism. Many others believe that humans are doomed to extinction, perhaps sooner than later. We see that a great many people believe that things have already reached a critical state, requiring absolute destruction. There is ample evidence to support all of those positions.

    Somehow, through this varied cacophony of hopelessness, a stolid force has held up a belief that everything will be alright.

    Coming Together, Naturally

    Another unifying theme I experience is widespread trust that everything will turn out fine. We get in our cars and drive sometimes very high speeds among thousands of strangers expecting to arrive safely at our destinations. We go to the store and find almost everything we expect to buy. Our bank accounts are secure. The weather doesn’t go to wonky extremes very often. Most of us can get food and find a safe place to sleep, largely thanks to a society that works due to trust and routine. When things don’t turn out how we expect, most people believe that humans are working to make things better, that we will have solutions to the world’s great problems. There is ample evidence to support those beliefs.

    Many people simultaneously hold positive beliefs alongside much more despairing ones. How do we reconcile such disparate world views?

    Discrepancies

    I have noticed many people struggling with holding opposite world views, unresolved. Most notably, I’ve seen people simultaneously decrying the inhumanity of the US ‘justice’ system and yet lauding it when it turns out favorably to their beliefs…all the while with an inability to detail even rudimentary synopses of legal arguments used in judgements. I’ve also witnessed people believing governments will find a workable solution to climate change despite local, national, and international decisions to the contrary. And, individuals celebrate trickle down economics when evidence strongly contradicts such approaches. In each case, it seems to me that there has not been enough smart talk, enough curiosity, to resolve these discrepancies. We need more smart talk.

    Howdy!

    After the hellos and beyond the weather, we must find things to talk about to bring us together. This will take getting personal, kindly. We might practice quickly arriving at the question of ‘what do you want to be remembered for?’ Or perhaps, ‘who has done the most good for you, personally (and why)?’ Asking people about how they are feeling is a good idea, too, but perhaps go more deeply than ‘how’s it going?’ Prolonging topics and conversations is a skill I’m seeing as important.

    Carry It Forward

    The most liked people remember things. Politicians remember names and faces and a few facts about many people. Every social network has someone or some few who recall many more personal things. Your circle is held together by shared memories, by long conversations lasting years. We build community by carrying conversations based on memory, respect, and kind curiosity.

    What if we all make it a point to have more caring conversations, taking them as far as seems right each time we see each other? What if we take those conversations to people on our periphery, to build larger communities, to make a more peaceful society, to sustain Life on Earth? We must turn those conversations over and over in our minds, curiously seeking understanding, coming up with the next questions, and bringing those cherished questions back when we reconnect. This is what will bring healing.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Tuesday, March 18, 2025

    I do not, personally, like to talk about “Global Warming” under the rubric of “Climate,” or “Climate Change.” Human-caused “Global Warming,” or “Global Heating,” is what is actually going on, and what is causing all the climate-related issues we have come to consider as “normal.” Nonetheless, and despite my personal linguistic preferences, the illustration above does come from a website that references “Climate.” I am using it because I think that the image conveys an important message, which can be grasped even by those who do not, actually, read what I am writing about today. My title, therefore, reflects the source of the image which heads up this blog posting. It also references the statement I have included, below, which also uses “Climate” to describe the challenges now facing us.

    Today’s blog posting is, essentially, to pass on the statement that I have included below. The statement is one that I received by way of an email from an instructor at Cabrillo Community College, addressed to those who are part of a “Sunrise Santa Cruz” listserve, which focuses on the Global Warming challenge to human civilization. The photo, taken in our Nation’s Capital, includes two members of Sunrise Santa Cruz, proudly present to argue for dramatic changes in national policy.

    What do you think about the idea put forward by that Cabrillo College Instructor (see below)? Do you think that we would be willing to occupy our nation’s capital until our elected representatives actually start taking action on our Global Warming Crisis?

    I would like to think that we could muster the kind of action described below. See what you think. Next step would be to do some planning for such a direct action – what would be an ongoing “occupation” of the nation’s capital until our elected officials start taking actions that they have avoided taking so far. Maybe the occupation could begin on the first day of Summer (June 20, 2025), as things start really heating up – as forests burn and heat deaths grow. How about that?

    THE PROPOSAL:
    A strong presence in DC is key to getting momentum in a good direction. For 14 years of teaching Climate Science now, I’ve had as my primary recommended action, to launch an occupation of DC ‘Occupy DC for Climate” with a rotating army of ~1/2 million people who will serve a ~1 week “tour of duty” with their backpack and total self-containment, before rotating home and another take their place. A large enough group they cannot be jailed, cannot be “disappeared”, cannot be hauled off without a half million iPhones capturing the actions of the police or National Guard against its own citizens. Citizens scrupulously obeying non-violence of course. Not a weekend march, but an occupation, with clear specific legislative demands to be enacted before the Occupation disbands. In contraast, One-on-one with your congressperson is NOT effective. Not when Party Unity is the insistence, and so no individual Republican or Democrat will dare break ranks, poke head above fox-hole, with their party, for fear of being “primaried” out next time, or worse. But if ALL are in the Capitol, looking out over a mob of insistent citizens – it has a very different effect, and the threat to their domination over the People is felt as real. They may begin to take more seriously that nagging guilt inside them, of being a coward towards defending the best of Democracy and honorable welfare (emphasis added).

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...
    NO EXIT RAMP, ADULTS IN THE ROOM, FREEDOM FRECKLES

    Stephen Colbert who recently mocked Democrats and their hand-held protest signs displayed at Trump’s State-of-the-Trump speech at the joint session of Congress, has gained a bit traction with his own paddle-sign that read “Try Doing Something.” Protests against the administration’s policies are becoming more common, larger in number and in participants, with representatives holding town halls in their districts being forced to flee because of voter anger — advisers are saying, “just skip this tradition!” One person who has been persistent in punching at Trump with Tweets for years, but magnifying her activity since last October, is Natasha Rothwell, who starred as Belinda in the TV series, ‘The White Lotus.’ Every single day she posts a message reminding the president in some form saying, “Donald Trump, you are trash!” Natasha may include retweets, quotes, likes, and different views, one variant reading, “You have no value or use and you spend your days lying around doing nothing…cuz u trash.” Not content to pick on just Donny, her header on X has ‘TRASH‘ above headshots of the six conservative Supreme Court Justices, with arrows pointing appropriately to insure that they feel the burn.

    Feeling the burn from last week’s vote on the continuing resolution to fund the government until September, is Senator Chuck Schumer who succumbed to the demands of blackmail as John Stoehr of Editorial Board posted on the blog. Schumer took to the floor and said that he would vote with MAGA to pass the resolution, with Stoehr asking, “What is Schumer getting in return?” He isn’t implying that corruption is an issue, only that this is politics and the Senator must be trading for something, right? The resolution allows Trump and Musk to continue dismantling the government, with Everett B Kelly of the American Federation of Government Employees saying, “A widespread government shutdown has been underway since January 20 and will continue to spread whether Senators vote ‘yes’ or ‘no’ on HR 1968.” Kelly, leader of the country’s largest public employee union, says HR 1968 sets in stone the administration’s crime spree, decimating agencies without due process, cutting off funding that has already been appropriated and signed into law, and with it the administration “will dramatically expand its termination of federal workers and double down on its campaign to make federal agencies fail, because there will be nothing left” to stop them. He believes it robs the constitutional authority of Congress, with the White House having said that even if the bill passes, it will ‘impound‘ that money — which is to say, ‘steal it’ — if it pays for things that Trump does not like. What it boils down to for Democrats who voted for it, is that Trump will become a criminal president, or if they voted against it, Trump will become a criminal president. Heads…I win, tails…you lose. Not a choice, blackmail, as Stoehr said.

    Senator Schumer explained to Chris Hayes in an interview, that he made his choice to vote for the resolution, because the alternative was much worse by allowing a government shutdown. Trump would have favored a shutdown, allowing him to redefine what counts as ‘essential services,’ then cutting the government even closer to the bone. Stoehr saw Schumer’s premise, yet he didn’t explain why the House MAGAs voted to keep the money flowing if co-presidents Musk and Trump preferred a shutdown — and why did Schumer deceive us earlier into thinking he might lead a resistance demanding a one-month extension? Stoehr asks agains, “What are Democrats getting in return?” He answers his own question — “nothing.” Chris Hayes posted that “the institutional Democratic Party is guided by an almost pathological level of conflict-avoidance in almost every direction. ‘What can we do to make the least number of people mad?’ is just a bankrupt way to operate.” Stoehr concludes the Dems pathology is deeper than ‘conflict-avoidance’ — only the fear of being held accountable by someone somewhere “who requires the Democrats to take responsibility for the bad choices made by Republicans. Its’ a deep-seated sense of obligation that the Democrats are the only adults in the room, and if they don’t act like adults, things will get much worse than they are. Schumer believes in his bones that the Democrats must save the Republicans from themselves, and thus save the country from the Republicans, as reflected in his comments about a possible shutdown.”

    Schumer is quoted as saying, “There’s no exit ramp. Anyone who wants the shutdown, I have asked: ‘Well, how do we get out of it?’ Guess who it’s up to — Trump, Musk, DOGE, all bad choices. I respect people who don’t want to vote for the CR. It’s awful. But with the alternative being a government shutdown, that’s even worse.” To this, Stoehr replies, “Well, yes! It is up to Trump! And if he does to the government after a shutdown what he’s already doing to it before a shutdown, then whatever happens is on him and him alone. Lots of good people are going to suffer, because the administration is evil. But the Senate Democrats cannot save them, nor should they try, because they cannot hold accountable the man responsible for their suffering if they themselves are complicit in it.” Stoehr feels that institutional Democrat Schumer is taking cues from the mainstream media, not “plucky indie newsletters,” and also the party’s donors who are concentrated in the northeast. “They want the Dems to bargain with the Republicans, not necessarily fight them, as serious combat would probably jeopardize their interests,” he discerns. “In times of crisis the mainstream media understands subconsciously that the Republicans are hopeless but that Democrats are not. They assume that Democrats will be the adults in the room, and because institutional Democrats interpret this assumption as something mainstream voters want, they deliver. Even if it means getting nothing in return.”

    Representative Nancy Pelosi, in a statement regarding handling of the funding vote, took a shot at an unnamed Schumer, saying, “Democratic senators should listen to the women. Appropriations leaders Rosa DeLauro and Patty Murray have eloquently presented the case that we must have a better choice: a four-week funding extension to keep government open and negotiate a bipartisan agreement. America has experienced a Trump shutdown before — but this damaging legislation only makes matters worse. Democrats must not buy into this false choice. We must fight back for a better way. Listen to the women, For the People.” She goes on to praise House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries for his leadership in rejecting a false choice, and her colleagues in the House Democratic Caucus for their “overwhelming vote against this bill.” Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez said, “There is a deep sense of outrage and betrayal. And not just about progressive Democrats — this is across the board — the entire party. I cannot underscore enough how incorrect that is. There are members of Congress who have won Trump-held districts in some of the most difficult territory in the United States, who walked the plank and took immeasurable risks in order to defend the American people, in order to defend Social Security, Medicaid and Medicare.” Representative Greg Casar, head of the Congressional Progressive Caucus chimed in, saying, “The GOP bill is specifically designed to allow Trump and Musk to continue plundering the taxpayers to enrich themselves.”

    In the end, Senators and Representatives voted to “sell our country out to Donald Trump and Elon Musk for mass firings, cuts to vital services, and tax breaks for the rich,” according to the Common Cause website. Elected leaders are sticking to the same passive, by-the-book strategies that empowered people like Trump and Musk in the first place, while abandoning our public services and our values at the altar of political convenience. Stirring up a hornet’s nest of dissatisfied constituents, Senator Schumer was met with a barrage of demands for his resignation, calls which have only escalated. Food & Water Watch executive director Wenonah Hauter said, “Schumer has lost the confidence of a critical mass of well-meaning people around the country. He must step down from his leadership role in the Senate now, so a sufficiently determined resistance to the disastrous Trump-Musk agenda can be allowed to rise up and act before it’s too late.” Human rights lawyer Qasim Rashid said in a blog post, that Schumer must resign, and adding with perspicuity, “Let’s be clear: MAGAs control the House, the Senate, and the White House. The Democratic Party is not in its strongest position, and every single day Trump and Musk are working to gut democracy, attack working families, and consolidate power. And yet, when given the opportunity to use the one piece of leverage Democrats have — forcing Republicans to own the government shutdown — Schumer is folding like a cardboard box in a rainstorm. This isn’t just betrayal. It’s utter incompetence. We don’t need more politicians holding tiny signs and coordinating outfits while Trump consolidates power and enables fascism. We need leadership with the courage to fight injustice and hold the line when it matters.”

    Aru Shiney-Ajay, executive director of Sunrise Movement, a youth-led, climate-focused organization, declared that, “Today was a spectacular display of cowardice from Senator Schumer. This morning, Schumer had arrested, 11 young protestors in his office rather than look them in the eye. This afternoon, he gave Elon Musk the keys to the government. Trump’s and Musk are hurtling our country toward disaster. They are gutting the educational system, enabling oil billionaires to burn the planet, and destroying vital government programs that millions rely on. Meanwhile, Chuck Schumer sits on the sidelines. The budget is one of the only pieces of leverage Democrats have, and Schumer just gave it away. That’s incredibly reckless. Chuck Schumer needs to step aside. Our democracy and our climate and our families can’t afford even another month of this b.s.” Democratic strategist, Waleed Shahid, commented, “This wasn’t about whether Democrats were willing to impose a cost on their opponents for governing through blackmail. Instead, Schumer made the kind of move that tells Republicans they can keep pushing.” Justice Democrats, a progressive group that helped Ocasio-Cortez upset a top House Democrat in a 2018 primary, said, “Corporate Democratic leadership is all talk and no fight. Gutless, spineless, and utterly unqualified to lead.” Schumer stepping down from his leadership isn’t enough for many, with many critics encouraging Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez or Dan Goldman to challenge the Senator in the 2028 primary.

    Domestic beer brewers should take a page from Canada’s oldest brewery, which has announced a ‘Presidential Pack’ of Moosehead beer — 1,461 cans of its Canadian lager, intended to last the course of President Trump’s entire second term, one beer for every day of that term. The pack retails for $3,490 CAD and is sold in Nova ScotiaNew Brunswick, and Ontario provinces. Leaning into the ongoing trade war with the USAKaren Grigg, director of marketing said in a press release, “If the start of 2025 has taught us anything, it’s that it will take determination to weather four years of political uncertainty — and what better way to make it through each day than with a truly Canadian beer.” Trevor Grant, VP of Sales and Marketing said the idea was talked about for a few weeks as the challenges with tariffs and the Trump administration dragged on, and, “Obviously, it’s a bit of a difficult situation, so we’re trying to maybe have a little bit of fun with it, as Canadian shoppers look for locally made products now more than ever.” Many of the big US companies that sell in Canada, like Anheuser-Busch, manufacture American brands within Canada, such as Bud Light, and thus aren’t affected by tariffs — or good taste.

    Trump’s Health Secretary, Robert F Kennedy Jr, has remained relatively low-key as the measles outbreak worsens, with cases popping up in even more states across the country. Several weeks ago, Kennedy couldn’t get excited about the first death in Texas, saying, “It is not unusual, we have measles outbreaks every year,” ignoring the fact that outbreaks are considered rare, with measles considered eliminated in the US in 2020. Kennedy has been slammed for writing previously that measles are not deadly and that outbreaks had been “fabricated” to push people toward “unnecessary and risky” vaccines. His prominence in the anti-vax community has been credited with leading to an increase in the number of parents who won’t follow the science, now refusing to vaccinate their children. What our children have now learned from Kennedy and President Trump is that, ‘science is stupid.’ Fran Lebowitz, in her short essay entitled ‘Science,’ writes, “Legend has it that the atom was split when a bunch of scientists working late decided to order in a pizza. Indeed a terrifying story and one made all the more chilling when one learns that a number of their colleagues smarting from the snub of being excluded from this impromptu meal spitefully repaired to an all-night diner and invented polyester.” Be aware that Trump and Kennedy may designate measles as ‘Freedom Freckles.’

    In defense of his bosom buddy and co-president, ElonDonald Trump came to the Tesla mogul’s aid after an announced boycott against the firm’s vehicles, in addition to protester’s vandalizing dealership showrooms or individually owned cars and trucks, not to mention plunging stock prices. The orange co-president posted, “To Republicans, Conservatives, and all great Americans, Elon Musk is ‘putting it on the line’ in order to help our Nation, and he is doing a FANTASTIC JOB! But the Radical Left Lunatics, as they often do, are to illegally and collusively boycott Tesla, one of the world’s great automakers, and Elon’s ‘baby,’ in order to attack and do harm to Elon, and everything he stands for. I’m going to buy a brand new Tesla tomorrow morning as a show of confidence and support for Elon Musk, a truly great American. Why should he be punished for putting his tremendous skills to work in order to help MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN???” Musk responded with, “Thank you, President @realDonaldTrump!” So be careful out there — those of us who decide against buying a Tesla because we dislike Musk are doing so illegally, and perhaps Donny should know, being a convicted felon himself as many pointed out. Let’s not forget that Trump once called for a boycott of Goodyear tires because of their dress code prohibiting political attire, i.e., MAGA baseball caps. Trump’s promotion of a specific brand and whining about ‘illegal‘ is silly and inappropriate for a president’s concern. Of course, while this is going on, the two co-perpetrators are ruining American’s lives, by tanking the economy, threatening long-time allies around the world, and compelling them to boycott all American products. No worries, though — Trump, a once fierce critic of electric vehicles (drill, drill, drill!) is buying a Tesla from the world’s wealthiest man. Oh! And, so is Sean Hannity! Lunatics all — to include those who voted for this.

    Tesla sales boycotts are only part of the picture, as some Tesla owners are selling, or considering selling, their vehicles as the backlash against Musk and DOGE grows, even though they may take a serious financial hit as prices plummet according to dealership website CarGurus. Singer Cheryl Crow announced she is selling her Tesla, then donating the proceeds to NPR as a protest against Elon. Investor Joanne Wilson told Business Insider she was ditching her Model S, floating the idea of letting members of the public smash it with hammers. Real estate developer, Scott Oran decided to sell his Tesla out of “embarrassment,” and a concern over vandalism, and to beat the rush of other sellers to the marketplace with the brand which is most common for EVs. Oran feels that Musk has irrevocably damaged the Tesla brand, with the maker’s stock drop on a recent Monday of 15% — a $29 billion reduction to Musk’s worth in just one day. Not to fret over Musk’s loss — after Trump’s announced Tesla acquisition, reports emerged that Elon was considering a $100 million donation to a super PAC associated with, and controlled by, the president.

    That donation probably went a long way into converting the White House south lawn into a Tesla showroom for Trump’s big auto purchase, with five vehicles displayed for his perusal before his decision to spring for a deep red Tesla Model S, valued at almost $80,000, for use by his staff since he doesn’t drive any more. It’s unclear whether or not Pennsylvania Avenue was lined with plastic tube men, or air dancers, to attract the locals to the big sale. Trump praised Tesla’s quality and Musk’s dedication during the White House auto sale, and a photographer got a shot of the script and Tesla price list given the president by Musk to make a sales pitch to the masses. It must have been a convincing sales pitch, because Trump also committed to gifting a Tesla Cybertruck to his granddaughter, Kai — what’s another $80 grand? According to the price list, “Teslas can be purchased as low as $299/month or $35K.” And who knows? Trump may qualify for tax incentives under the Inflation Reduction Act for purchasers of electric vehicles. That’s dependent upon whether or not the Internal Revenue Service is still operating by next year’s tax filing — no comment from Musk, as he told Fox Business’s Larry Kudlow that he’s been running his businesses “with great difficulty” since spending his time with DOGE. Time for that chainsaw to be shelved, Elon? If Trump is drawing his $400K standard presidential salary, he won’t qualify for the tax incentive, but if he’s only drawing his one-dollar annual salary as in his first assault on the presidency — he’s not saying…what do you think? — he might qualify for the EV credit.

    So far, Trump has not commented on his 2023 post that electric car supporters should “ROT IN HELL.” The Atlantic’s Charlie Warzel wrote that the car promo was, “a stilted, corrupt attempt to juice a friend’s stock, and certainly below the office of the presidency,” and we might add, so is most of the other junky crapola Trump and his grifting Crime Family push constantly. If any other government official in the executive branch had done a similar promotion, they would have been in clear violation of the regulation prohibiting such endorsements; but Trump and his hillbilly VP are exempt, where norms are usually respected as the primary lever for holding the line. The Don has repeatedly demonstrated his appetite for overturning norms and pushing ethical bounds, so his Tesla push is not out of the ordinary for him, and in reality, it delights him that he has such impunity, says Lora Kelly in her The Atlantic Daily commentary.

    On his show, Jimmy Kimmel expressed dismay at the changing reputation of Tesla recently, recounting how owners are attempting “to disguise their vehicles to avoid confrontations and vandalism.” He showed clips of Teslas minus the logos, which now sport MazdaAudi, or Subaru identification. “People are even trying to disguise their Cybertrucks. That’s like trying to pass off Chewbacca for a chihuahua. It doesn’t seem right,” he said. “Maybe this is all a ruse. Elon somehow tricked MAGA into driving electric cars. Maybe he really is a genius,” he speculated. The Late Show’s Stephen Colbert shared that recently someone stole the wheels off of every single Tesla in a Texas parking lot. “Whoever did it, I do not condone this. But I do appreciate your tireless efforts,” he said as he accepted a fake Nobel Prize for Puns“Thank you so much!” He continued, “I want to be clear. I do not condone violence or vandalism of any kind. That is a deeply held belief of mine that comes from the bottom of my CBS legal department.” He pointed to a trend where Cybertrucks are being covered in garbage, theorizing, “To be fair, that might not be vandalism. That might just be a simple mistake because they do look a lot like a dumpster.”

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Timelines

    “The country should be more inclusive, not less inclusive, and over an infinite timeline, it becomes more inclusive. It doesn’t always happen at once.”
    ~W. Kamau Bell

    “In the Chinese subconscious, the universe exists on a timeline that extends into the future without end, and also without change.”
    ~Liu Cixin

    “My research process doesn’t vary much. I do a little reading to establish a timeline and decide how I’m going to approach the story.”
    ~Laurie Graham

    “It’s funny because I think, as a general rule, that people seem to think that if you do lots of different things over the course of, like, a timeline, it means that you kind of disregard what you did before. But that’s not true of me. I still genuinely like everything I did as much as I liked it when I released it.”
    ~Dev Hynes

    “The five stages – denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and acceptance – are a part of the framework that makes up our learning to live with the one we lost. They are tools to help us frame and identify what we may be feeling. But they are not stops on some linear timeline in grief.”
    ~Elisabeth Kubler-Ross

    “Guys, I’ve been thinking about that night over and over, and one thing has become clear: this is the darkest, most terrible timeline.”
    ~Abed, Community

    ...

    I have a feeling I have posted this video before, a long time ago. It is worth a re-watch, however… or two, or more! These ladies are hilarious, not to mention supremely talented. They are German, or at least based in Germany, started in the year 2000 and are still touring! I went down a rabbit hole doing research, but I’ll let you do your own. Here’s a link to (the English version of) their website. Enjoy!


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    March 12 – 18, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… on Rail Trail Segment 7 Phase 2… Steinbruner… Battery fires… Hayes… Out this week… Patton… To Whom Should We Send Invitations?… Matlock… easy pickings…whale’s head…parallel universe…Swasticar… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Life in the Middle Ages… Quotes on… “Time Travel”

    ...

    Lovely Downtown Santa Cruz 1894. Those mass transit trolley tracks were in stalled in 1891. Note the two direction buggy lanes. That tall white pole in front of where Jamba Juice is now was a “Victory Pole”. Way down the street you can just barely see the ODD Fellows tower, which is of course our Town Clock now.

    photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

    Dateline: March 12, 2025

    A WHOLE ‘NOTHER WEEK! How does this keep happening? I sometimes feel like I blink, and another week has passed. And then a month, and then a year… the passage of time is something I stew on now and again. At times, it makes me ponder time travel, and what that would mean if it was actually possible.

    Someone asked me once, “If you had a time machine, would you want to go backwards in time, or forwards?” I was absolutely flabbergasted. It had never even occurred to me that anyone would want to go forward in time when there are so many historical periods to get into. Egyptians, Romans, Vikings, the Middle Ages… I wouldn’t know where to start!

    It’s probably a good thing it’s just fantasy…

    ...

    A COMPLETE UNKNOWN. AppleTV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    THE BRUTALIST. PrimeTV. Movie (7.5 IMDb) *** I thought the title was JUST a reference to the Brutalist Movement in art and architecture. Oh how wrong I was. A brutal story about love, separation, and power. Adrien Brody is gut-wrenching in his performance as a holocaust survivor, drug addict, and brutalist architect. It’s like dragging yourself along the edge of a straight razor – the further forward you go, the deeper it cuts. Painful, but worth a watch. Interesting note – while Brody’s character is fictional, the name Lazlo Toth (and variants) is out there, most notable to me, it was the name of the guy who vandalized La Pieta, and it was the pen-name of Don Novello (Reverend Guido Sarducci on old SNL) when writing his “Lazlo Letters”. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    HEART EYES. In theaters. Movie (6.6 IMDb) **- A meet-cute rom-com – with a slasher! Odd mix, but it seems to be director Josh Ruben’s forte. Ad designer Ally (Olivia Holt) accidently presents a “historic tracic lovers” motif JUST as notorious serial killer, Heart Eyes, who murders romantic couples on Valentine’s Day, resurfaces. She teams up with “ad fixer” freelancer Jay (Mason Gooding) in a “Desk Set” will-they won’t-they team-up, until an unexpected kiss puts them in the sights of Heart Eyes. The slashing is moderately creative, the chemistry fairly good, but it just lacks a real personality for Heart Eyes (which you need for a franchise killer). Not for the timid, but not epic gorefest either. On par with Christopher Landon’s 2020 body-swap horror/comedy “Freaky” (ala Freaky Friday – only instead of mother/daughter, it’s slasher/cheerleader). ~Sarge

    THE ÅRE MURDERS. Netflix. Series (6.7 IMDb) ***- A darkly delightful remake of F.W. Murnau’s 1922 original “Nosferatu” (itself, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”). The story points match, down to the use of shadows as characters. The performances by Depp, Hoult, and Skarsgård breathe new life into the story, as do the visual textures of the cinematography and costume design (even the choice of using Dacian – a long dead language from central Europe – for Orlok’s dialogue). Slowly menacing in its pacing, this film builds its mood in a way that most modern horror films fail to. ~Sarge

    THE BREAKTHROUGH. Netflix. Series (7.1 IMDb) **- Thanks to Netflix’s voracious appetite for new material, we’ve had a lot of opportunity to watch movies and tv from all over the place. I’ve been noticing an alarming number of bleak crime dramas from Sweden – one of them was “The Breakthrough”, a police procedural based on a real-life 16 year murder investigation. Though the first 3 episodes were a trifle slow, the final episode finally brings it all together. Peter Eggers stars as a police detective who does a LOT of speedwalking while beating his heart out against an impossible case. ~Sarge

    NOSFERATU (2024). Prime. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- A darkly delightful remake of F.W. Murnau’s 1922 original “Nosferatu” (itself, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”). The story points match, down to the use of shadows as characters. The performances by Depp, Hoult, and Skarsgård breathe new life into the story, as do the visual textures of the cinematography and costume design (even the choice of using Dacian – a long dead language from central Europe – for Orlok’s dialogue). Slowly menacing in its pacing, this film builds its mood in a way that most modern horror films fail to. ~Sarge

    ERASERHEAD. Max. Movie (7.3 IMDb) **** In honor of the passing of one of the most individual visions in the film industry, David Lynch, I went back and revisited “Eraserhead” for the first time in 40 years. It would become a cult hit during the late 70’s-80’s. There was nothing like it at the time, with a Buñuel level of slow-paced uncomfortable surrealism, and a story that can’t easily be described. As such, it tends to be shoehorned into the genre of horror, which, on a certain level, is fair, but it is so much more. It will be a slog for the short attention-span set, but worth every unsettling moment. Starring Jack Nance, one of Lynch’s personal ensemble favorites. ~Sarge

    FLOW. Apple TV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.9 IMDb) *** “Flow” is a an amazing journey – animated with a small crew on open-source software, it is a personal exploration by animals in the wake of a global flood. A cat is joined by a capybara, a bird, a lemur, and a dog, as they explore the flooded world together on a boat. No dialogue, but actual animal voices in the soundtrack. A refreshing new animaed film, without the glossy signature stylings of Pixar or Dreamworks. We need more of this. Latvian, but it translates well. ~Sarge

    STAR WARS: SKELETON CREW. Disney+ series (7.2 IMDb) *** It’s refreshing when a big franchise realizes they’ve created a universe big enough to tell other stories (look at Star Trek Lower Decks – a successful animated comedy entrenched deeply in the Star Trek Universe), and that’s what Skeleton Crew does for Star Wars. A quartet of children, chafing at the bureaucratic cloister of their homeworld, stumble on a crashed spaceship and find themselves launched into the rough and tumble Star Wars Universe. Using a rough “Treasure Island” plotline, there’s space piracy aplenty: Jude Law’s character is referred to as Cap’n Silvo (nod to Long John Silver from Treasure Island) and the ship’s yarr-voiced droid is SM-33 (Smee was Captain Hook’s first mate in Peter Pan). Good for adults and children (though not TOO young – plenty of life-taking and intense scenes). ~Sarge

    ...

    March 10, 2025

    A $ Sink

    The photo shows progress as of January 2025 on the rail trail, Segment 7, Phase 2 which runs from Bay and California Streets, past Neary Lagoon and the Wastewater Treatment Plant to join up with Beach Street at the roundabout. It is eight tenths of a mile long.

    In 2018, when the city circulated an environmental review of this site for one segment of the rail trail project, the Sierra Club expressed its concerns at the incompleteness of the city’s environmental work. Given the ecosystem sensitivity of the site, the Club requested an EIR be done. Initially there was no mention by the city of the Monarch butterfly overwintering site at the eucalyptus grove near the trestle bridge, despite the fact the city had earlier erected a display case describing the site as such. There was concern about the project’s required removal of forty-seven trees, with twenty-one listed as heritage. There was issue with the city’s downplaying a riparian wetland on the project site. Efforts to secure a full EIR were unsuccessful, however the city agreed to monitor the health of the eucalyptus grove for five years after project completion. The concrete slurry material recently deposited and hardened over the trees’ root zones is not a good sign.

    Council approved the project in early 2021, with a price tag of $11 million. In late 2023, an additional $3 million was asked for and approved by council. A request for a further $900,000 is on this week’s City Council agenda.

    Why less than a mile of trail should cost $15 million, even with a three thousand foot long retaining wall, is hard to fathom. My hunch is that the wetland created more of a problem than the city and consultants planned for. Staff’s explanation for needing an extra $900,000 is that “the site is situated adjacent to Neary Lagoon and is inundated with groundwater during and after heavy rain events.” Well, yes, it includes a wetland, as was documented by the Sierra Club in 2018. This should not come as a surprise. Citing it as an “unforeseen condition” the staff report explains that “a major unanticipated cost was the construction of a concrete cut-off wall… to limit groundwater so the soil could be adequately compacted to sustain the asphalt path”. Surely such conditions were carefully evaluated before deciding the site was suitable for rail trail construction. According to the staff report, the budget adjustment funds will come from “Measure D, a local source for transportation project funding.”

    Measure D, a half-cent sales tax increase was approved by county voters in 2016. Its task is to “improve, operate and maintain Santa Cruz County’s transportation network”, according to the Measure D Fact Sheet published by the Santa Cruz County Regional Transportation Commission (SCCRTC). The funding is split amongst various Transportation Projects. The Rail Corridor is one such project and is allocated 8% of the total funding over a 30-year period. According to the SCCRTC, this allocation would be for “Analysis (including environmental and economic analysis) of both rail transit and non-rail options for the rail corridor; rail line maintenance and repairs.” Studying the feasibility of rail transit prior to construction of a rail trail seemed wise to me and I voted for Measure D on that basis.

    There was, however, a hidden agenda in Measure D. A further 17% of the total funding was listed under the heading of Active Transportation. The only entry under Active Transportation is the Monterey Bay Sanctuary Scenic Trail and the allocation is for” bike and pedestrian trail construction; maintenance, management and drainage of rail and trail corridor.” With careful use of language, there is no mention of rail trail construction but that is exactly what the funds are being used for. The rail trail therefore gets a combined 25% of the total funding.

    Note to self and others, read ballot measures very carefully, including the fine print. Measure S for the library system was deceptive, as is the Initiative being circulated for signatures for the misleadingly titled “Workforce Housing Solutions Act.” Caveat lector!

    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...
    Fire, Fire at Moss Landing!

    Why the batteries burned and what that means

    Listen THIS SUNDAY (March 16) to KSQD and learn what happened…and why we need to continue to demand more information and local control.

    Ric O’Connell – Ivan Aiello – Megan Thiele Strong

    on Sustainability Now!  Sunday, March 16th, 5-6PM

    On January 16th, 2025, a fire broke out at the Vistra plant in Moss Landing, California burning for two days and scattering heavy metals and other toxic materials across the plant’s surroundings, including Elkhorn Slough.  What happened there and why did the batteries burn?  What are the impacts of the fire and on the future of renewable energy?

    Join host Ronnie Lipschutz for three conversations about the batteries and the fire, with Ric O’Connell, executive director of GridLab, who will explain what the batteries are doing there, Dr. Ivano Aiello, Professor of Geological Oceanography at San Jose State’s Moss Landing Marine Laboratories, who will discuss the results of his research into contamination of Elkhorn Slough, and Dr. Megan Thiele Strong, Professor of Environmental Sociology at San Jose State, who will talk about the health and social effects of the fire on people living around the site.

    That’s on Sustainability Now! Sunday, March 16th, 2025, from 5-6 PM right here on community radio for the Monterey Bay Region, KSQD 90.7 FM, KSQT 87.9 FM, K207FE (FX) 89.5 and KSQD.org, streaming on the internet.

    LISTEN IN NEXT FRIDAY TO HEAR ASSEMBLYMEMBER DAWN ADDIS ADVOCATE LOCAL CONTROL OF BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE
    Please listen in Friday, March 21 at 3pm on Santa Cruz Voice “Community Matters” program to hear Assemblymember Dawn Addis discuss her proposed AB 303 legislation that would claw back local control of battery energy storage system (BESS) facilities.

    She needs our support because she is up against big money.  Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors are dragging their feet on sending a letter of support…even given what has happened in Moss Landing Vistra Fires.

    Listen from your computer or smart device from anywhere in the world at 3pm Pacific Time on Santa Cruz Voice.com and join the conversation.

    Here is the proposed AB 303 legislation.

    Contact the elected representatives below and urge their support of AB 303.

    Assemblymember Dawn Addis
    Robert Rivas, Speaker of the Assembly
    Assemblymember Gail Pellerin
    Senator John Laird

    WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL. LISTEN IN TO LOCAL FORUMS ON TOPICS THAT INTEREST YOU AND ASK QUESTIONS.
    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING!

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...

    Grey is out this week.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Tuesday, March 11, 2025

    You probably know the sonnet by Emma Lazarus, “The New Colossus.” If you don’t know that poem in its entirety, you may, at least, recall the following and famous lines, which are inscribed on a bronze plaque, which was placed at the base of the Statue of Liberty in 1903:

    Give me your tired, your poor,
    Your huddled masses yearning to breathe free,
    The wretched refuse of your teeming shore.
    Send these, the homeless, tempest-tost to me,
    I lift my lamp beside the golden door!

    It has been our experience, for more than one hundred years (and actually quite a bit more, I think), that the United States, as “a nation of immigrants,” has benefitted immensely from immigration. This is, really, what The Statue of Liberty, that enduring emblem of our nation, symbolizes.

    Of course, this is not the view of our current president. Donald J. Trump appears to despise immigrants, as he made clear as he began his first campign for the presidency:

    “When Mexico sends its people, they’re not sending their best. […] They’re sending people that have lots of problems, and they’re bringing those problems with us. They’re bringing drugs. They’re bringing crime. They’re rapists. And some, I assume, are good people.” This quote from Donald Trump has become emblematic of the President’s attitude towards immigrants. Since the 2016 campaign trail, Trump has spread harmful narratives about Latinx immigrants, and his words have tangible impacts on local communities…. President Trump characterizes Latinx immigrants as a dangerous out-group to gain political power.

    The president’s words – “They’re bringing drugs. They’re bringing crime. They’re rapists…” – have not, at least not yet, been inscribed anywhere, but the president’s denunciation of immigration is restated frequently, and it’s hard to escape the memory of the message about immigrants with which he began his 2016 campaign, and which are featured in the quotation that I have included above.

    In the Emma Lazarus sonnet (meant to reflect the realities that the nation has actually experienced), America has invited immigrants to come. The nation has opened its “golden door” to them, welcoming them here, with the result being that our nation has become greater – and richer – because of those formerly homeless, and “tempest-tost,” and impoverished immigrants. Those “wretched” immigrants, welcomed here, have ended up contributing greatly to American wealth and success.

    On February 28th, the president outlined a new approach to immigration. He has proposed a “Gold Card” visa, an invitation to those immigrants who are able and willing to pay $5,000,000 for the privilege of gaining entry to the United States.

    Whom should we invite? To whom should we send an invitation to come to America? Should we continue to follow the advice of Emma Lazarus? Or, is Donald Trump, perhaps, the wiser head? Should only the already wealthy be welcomed here?

    This question is now placed before us. Should we repudiate those who come here with nothing, hoping not only to enrich themselves, but to enrich this nation, too?

    We have been asked to repudiate our historic welcome. Our current president says, “We Welcome The Rich! And only them!”

    Are you with him? Or not?

    I am not.

    I am with Emma!

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...

    PLAYING POSSUM, FULL OF IT, RUBY, COOKOUT POTATO SALAD

    James Carville seems to have adopted the Napoleon Bonaparte quote: “Never interrupt your enemy when he is making a mistake.” The influential Democratic Party strategist who came to prominence in the Bill Clinton years recently predicted that the Trump White House will “collapse” in less than a month as his approval ratings continue to decline with his multitude of unpopular executive orders, and slashing of governmental agencies by firing thousands — risking an economic nosedive. His advice to his party is to simply sit back and watch it all come down: “Democrats need to play possum. This whole thing is collapsing,” he predicted in an interview with Dan Abrams of Mediaite“We’re in the midst of a collapse. This is the lowest approval — not even close — that any president has ever had at a comparable time. It’s going to be easy pickings here in six weeks. Just lay back.” Later, he told Sean Hannity on Fox News that he sees Democrats up by 13 points in the congressional generic, with Trump at the lowest approval of any president, so early in the game, in American history. He challenged Hannity by his query, “So, your viewers are getting one view. And I’m reading another view. One of us is right and one of us is wrong. It’s that simple. Have they got fact checkers at Fox?” Trump came to his defense on Truth Social with the claim that he has “the best polling numbers” in his history. “The Democrats, run by broken down losers like James Carville, who’s weak of mind and body, are going crazy, and just don’t know what to do. They have lost their confidence and spirit — they have lost their minds!” he fired back. Carville maintains that the House Democrats know exactly what they are doing because they see what is going to happen, in spite of the concern in the party that its defenses are lacking. Trump’s first moves in office instigated from constituents, 1,600 phone calls a minute to the Senate, complaining that more needed to be done. Representative Jim McGovern of Massachusetts told Axios that the record number of calls were from “people disgusted with what’s going on, and they want us to fight back.”

    Carville suggested to Democratic politicians that they should not get in the way of protesters around the country who are speaking out against co-presidents Trump and Musk, or as rural America says, “‘Don’t just stand there. Do nothing.’ Let this germinate. In the immortal words of Dalton in ‘Road House,’ ‘be nice until it’s time not to be nice.’ And that time is coming shortly.” Carville disagrees with moderates who say people are overreacting to Trump, warning, “No one is overreacting. We’re living in real time in a catastrophe.” One prominent date he sees is the November 5 election in Virginia, where Republican Governor Glenn Youngkin, a leading Trump supporter, will be dealing with a large and angry electorate made up of thousands of fired federal employees. Carvile asks, “Do you think they’re gonna vote? I think they’re gonna vote. I think I know which way they’re gonna vote, and they’re gonna vote heavily.”

    Robert Reich says people are asking him, “Where’s the Democratic Party?” He says that at a time when America needs a strong, bold, courageous opposition, the party’s silence is deafening, but goes on to say, “But with due respect to my old friend James Carville who is telling Democrats to ‘roll over and play dead,’ he’s full of it. Trump is killing our country, reducing the US government to rubble, and destroying our relationships with our allies. Putin may love it, but it’s a catastrophe four us and much of the rest of the world. Democrats have been rolling over and playing dead too long. That’s one reason the nation is in the trouble we’re in. My simple advice to congressional Democrats: Wake the hell up!” He goes on to say that if the party had only “had the guts years ago to condemn big money in politics, fight corporate welfare, and unrig a market that’s been rigged in favor of big corporations and the rich, Trump’s absurd bogeymen (the deep state, immigrants, socialists, trans people, diversity-equity-inclusion) wouldn’t have stood a chance.” His comments preceded the joint congressional session State-of-Trump speech, where he correctly predicted the “Republican lawmakers who have turned over their brains and intestines” would applaud his stream of lies. His wish that the Democrats would boycott the whole event en masse did not come to pass and his suggestion that they would perhaps just sit on their hands and applaud a few insipid Trump utterances was close to what we saw. There were many empty seats, with some making an exit at various times during the ninety-nine minute ordeal. Representative Al Green had to be escorted from the gathering when he heckled Trump as he pointed his cane toward the president for spewing lies, and many of those remaining had brought signs which they held up in response to his insults and rambling lies.

    The small, hand-held signs only brought derision and chuckles from the Republican faction, and a political cartoon printed in some newspapers emphasized the futility of the protest in showing a chainsaw wielding Elon Musk laying waste to government buildings as the Democratic donkey mascot sat nearby in a chair holding up a sign that read, “Tsk, tsk.” Andy Borowitz satirized the event with his own account: “Donald J Trump watched Elon Musk’s historic address to Congress Tuesday night from the last row of the House chamber. Striking a menacing tone, Musk threatened to mount lavishly funded primary campaigns against congressional Republicans unless they gave him a standing ovation after every line of his speech. Trump’s view of the speech was partially obstructed by Robert F Kennedy, Jr, who sat in the second-to-last row and brought a dismembered whale’s head as his plus-one guest.” With a bit more accuracy, Borowitz said, “In what is being called a historic performance, on Tuesday night Donald J Trump set a new world record for delivering the longest speech that did not include a single fact. Congressional Republicans were awestruck by their leader’s ability, at the age of 78, to give such a sustained fact-free oration. House Speaker Mike Johnson said, ‘He’s still got it.’ Republicans contrasted Trump’s address favorably with the Democratic response of Senator Elissa Slotkin, who spoke only briefly but whose remarks were riddled with facts.” It must be noted that Elon was actually present, all spruced up in a fitted suit and tie, after ditching the blazer/t-shirt/baseball cap/dark sunglasses attire which is his Oval Office outfit — much the same as Zelensky’sStephen Colbert offered his thoughts on the Oval Office’s strict dress code of decorum, saying, “You must either look like a businessman or a guy trying to hand you a flyer outside of a strip club.”

    In his speech, Trump again spoke about trying to regain ownership of the Panama Canal, sure to cause diplomatic shockwaves, as he singled out Secretary of State Marco Rubio as the one “to blame if anything goes wrong,” — resulting in a wide-eyed and shocked reaction from Rubio, and a classic forever meme for denizens of social media sites. Poor ‘Little Marco’ was probably still in a state of shock from being present at the Trump-Vance-Zelensky brawl in the Oval Office a few days before. Rubio — who according to Saturday Night Live, will now be known as ‘Marc Ruby’ since Trump signed his English-only language executive order — posted on X that the president’s speech was “inspiring” and “momentous,” with Trump’s “clear mandate from the American people to renew the American Dream.” Ruby won his Senate confirmation 99 to 0, and many hoped that his maturity and government experience would serve him well in holding some sway over Bully Trump, but that is obviously not to be. Ominously, the American asset management company, BlackRock has volunteered to buy two ports at either end of the Panama Canal from their current Hong Kong-based ownership in order to lessen Chinese influence over the crucial international waterway. BlackRock and other investors will spend $22.8 billion to buy the ports of Balboa and Cristobal — a deal which is now only an ‘agreement in principal.’

    Response by Senator Bernie Sanders to the joint session speech charges Trump with creating a parallel universe with “a set of ideas that either have no basis in reality, or are nowhere near the most important concerns of the American people” — a pivotal moment in our country’s history. He says Trump’s tactic is the BIG LIE, many of which were heard during the Tuesday night blathering, and these grossly false lies are repeated over and over again, with complicity of right-wing social media sites blasting them out until people accept it as truth. Sanders points to the purpose of these lies, not only to push a right-wing agenda, but to deflect attention away from those important issues facing the country — issues Trump and his billionaire friends don’t wish to address, otherwise there is no financial benefit to them. He emphasized the issues Trump ignored in his record-setting speech: About how will working people support families in these tough times, made tougher by the administration; the reality of the 60% of Americans living paycheck to paycheck; the broken, dysfunctional, expensive health care system, and the non-affordabilty of prescription drugs; the major housing crisis and homelessness;  the massive income and wealth inequality with three 3 Americans owning more wealth than the bottom half of our society; the corrupt campaign finance system that allows billionaires to buy elections; the life expectancy of the poor compared to the wealthy; and the planetary crisis of climate change. Trump urged Congress to pass his “big beautiful budget,” leaving out ugliness of the $880 billion that would come from Medicaid, leaving 36 million Americans in peril. But what the hey — spaceship ownership is such an important factor nowadays, as well! An occasional fireworks display over the Caribbean is a sight to behold!

    On his nightly show, Stephen Colbert mocked Trump’s remarks, but he was most critical of the Democrats, saying, “But don’t you worry. The Democrats came ready to fight back with their little paddles. That is how you save democracy. By quietly dissenting…or bidding on an antique tea set, it was hard to tell what was going on. In fact, I made my own sign.” Impassively, he held up a sign reading: “Try doing something.” Before Trump’s address, Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries had demanded that Democrats sit meekly and do nothing during the MAGASpeech, a demand that was not respected by several individuals. Consequently, a dozen or so disruptors were called into a ‘come to Jesus meeting’ on Thursday following the address, to be helped to “understand why their strategy is a bad idea,” which brought forth the comment that “if Jeffries has any good ideas, we’d love to hear them,” accompanied by the snarky, “But he’s been busy on a tour to sell his children’s book, “The ABCs of Democracy.” It seems incredibly misguided to scold Congressional Democrats for taking a stand against an autocrat who the party has characterized as a fascist authoritarian — a puny stand though it may be. Elie Mystal wrote in The Nation“I asked Democrats to boycott Trump’s speech to Congress. They did not. Instead, they brought little placards emblazoned with political messages, as if they were in a silent auction for fascism. We live in hell.” Senator John Fetterman on X, characterized the protests as a “sad cavalcade of self-owns and unhinged petulance. It only makes Trump look more presidential and restrained.”

    Elie Mystal, besides being disgusted with Democrats for showing up at the joint session, was further enraged that Representative Al Green was censured by Congress for disrupting Trump’s speech “to a joint session of sycophants and co-conspirators”; and, though many Democrats protested and voted against the procedure punishing Green, Mystal posted a list of the ten Democrats who voted with the MAGAts who he hopes will never be able to raise a dollar from other Democrats, ever again: Ami Bera (D-CA), Ed Case (D-HI), Jim Costa (D-CA), Laura Gillen (D-NY), Marie Gluesenkamp Perez (D-WA), Jim Himes (D-CT), Chrissy Houlahan (D-PA), Marcy Kaptur (D-OH), Jared Moskowitz (D-FL), and Tom Suozzi (D-NY). He also decried Elissa Slotkin’s “tepid Democratic response to Trump’s multi-hour Netflix series address to Congress, during which she managed to praise notable Democratic hero, Ronald Reagan.” Mystal recounts her follow-up interview with Tim Alberta of The Atlantic“where she outlined her priorities. Her answers were the usual thin gruel that passes for Democratic Party talking points, but one line really stood out to me. She said, ‘It doesn’t win elections to speak to just the base of the party…if it did, Kamala Harris would be president.’ First of all, I’m really gonna need Becky with the 80% White Congressional district to keep Kamala Harris’s name out of her mouth. It’s easy to slag off the Democratic ‘base,’ which has been Black people for Slotkin’s entire life, when nobody is inviting you or your potato salad to the cookout anyway. It’s a little harder when you are running to represent all of America, not just the White folks who think they should own the place.”

    Co-president Elon Musk is watching his Tesla vehicle empire skid downward, almost as fast as his pyrotechnics rocket company, though not quite as flashy. Sales are dropping dramatically worldwide, and dealerships are experiencing violent actions from an angry anti-Musk crowd, not to mention individual car and truck owners having their vehicles damaged and getting new paint treatments, or protest stickers applied surreptitiously. A post on Quora shares a definition of the portmanteau word, ‘DePlorean,’ combining ‘deplorable’ and ‘DeLorean,’ which has been applied to Tesla’s Cybertruck. The early 80s DeLorean sports car had a brushed aluminum exterior similar to the C-Truck, and carried similar social connotations of audacity, impracticality, and irritating behavior. While the DeLorean, which originally sold for $12,000 is now a prized collector’s item, the Cybertruck at $100,240 is an overpriced, poorly constructed symbol of excess, greed and stupidity, and much uglier when seen up close than online photos reveal. A UK-based group, ‘Everyone Hates Elon,’ recently unveiled an advertisement for a ‘Swasticar,’ which shows Musk standing in one of his cars while giving the Nazi salute, with printed copy proclaiming the vehicle “goes from zero to 1939 in three seconds.” The bus stop posted image has gone viral, and the group encourages supporters to spread it far and wide, saying, “Not happy with fueling the far-right in the USA, Elon Musk is now doing the same in Europe. We can’t let the richest man in the world poison our politics.” A GoFundMe page has been set up to raise cash to plaster the ‘Swasticar’ ad in more public places, as well as for production of small stickers reading “Don’t buy a Swasticar,” giving emphasis to their motto: “Pissing off Elon Musk, one small action at a time.”

    In the UKMusk has supported the far-right, anti-immigrant Reform Party, and attacked the Labour government by spreading “lies and misinformation” about the criminality of immigrants according to Prime Minister Keir Starmer. A few weeks back, Musk expressed support for Germany’s Alternative for Germany party, which gained support in their losing election campaign, even though it has been classified as a suspected extremist group by Germany’s intelligence service. Two left-wing activist groups — UK’s Led by Donkeys, and Germany’s Center for Political Beauty, claimed responsibility after they beamed an image of Elon Musk making the Nazi salute onto Tesla’s factory in Berlin, accompanied by the words “Heil Tesla.” A jeering crowd who erupted at the mention of Musk’s name on the ‘Late Show‘ caused Stephen Colbert to comment, “That is the sound of Tesla sales plummeting.” He also joked, “Millions of young people can’t stand him — and those are just his kids.” Colin Jost on ‘Saturday Night Live’s Weekend Update‘ reported that “experts are saying that Trump’s tariffs will raise the cost of a new car by as much as $12,000, or you can get a free Tesla, since people are throwing them away.” Update co-host, Michael Che reported that European leaders have been coaching Volodymyr Zelensky on dealing with Trump —“kind of like how you need extra training to be a special ed teacher.” Che referred to a Trump claim that “no president has changed government more in 43 days,” to which Che replied, “Yeah, and nobody changed airport security more than bin Laden.” Addressing Trump’s constant back-tracking on his tariffs, amid concerns among consumers and investors, Che joked, “It’s a cunning political tactic experts call ‘bipolar disorder.”

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Time Travel

    “If time travel is possible, where are the tourists from future?”
    ~Stephen Hawking

    “Why do we need time travel, when we already travel through space so far and fast? For history. For mystery. For nostalgia. For hope. To examine our potential and explore our memories. To counter regret for the life we lived, the only life, one dimension, beginning to end.”
    ~James Gleick

    “Songs really are like a form of time travel because they really have moved forward in a bubble. Everyone who’s connected with it, the studio’s gone, the musicians are gone, and the only thing that’s left is this recording which was only about a three-minute period maybe 70 years ago.”
    ~Tom Waits

    “I distracted myself from the fear and terrorism by thinking about things like how the universe began and whether time travel is possible.”
    ~Malala Yousafzai

    “We all have our time machines, don’t we? Those that take us back are memories… And those that carry us forward, are dreams.”
    ~H.G. Wells

    ...

    The Terrifying Reality Of Medieval Life During The Norman Invasion. History Hit has lots of great documentaries, and some of them are available free on YouTube. Enjoy!


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

    March 5 – 11, 2025

    Highlights this week:

    Greensite… on the Ballot Measure… Steinbruner… Write your supervisors, lithium… Hayes… Cotoni Coast Dairies, 2064: A Dystopia… Patton… The Apprentice… Matlock… look, ma – it’s the new Tesla DePlorean…a food fight…thank-you #33+… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Randy Rainbow… Quotes on… “Daylight Saving Time”

    ...

    ST. CHARLES HOTEL. This was in Downtown Santa Cruz at the corner of Mission and North Pacific Avenue about 1890. That’s the Bavaria Brewery just to the left. Note the horse driven streetcar.

    The Bavaria Brewery was the first brewery in the city of Santa Cruz. It was established in 1865. There’s an interesting article (behind a paywall) in the Sentinel about it.

    photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

    Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com

    Dateline: March 5, 2025

    SET YOUR CLOCKS THIS WEEKEND. It’s that time again. To me, it seems that people either love or hate Daylight Saving Time. Personally, I kinda love it… I’ve even come up with a “lifehack” of my own that’s related to it: I replace the batteries on all the clocks in the house that day. DST does throw me off for a bit every time, but having the light for “longer” makes it worth it to me. Now, if only there was a way to make dawn and dusk last longer… and no “move north” is not an option.

    Serious talk though, I grew up in Sweden and made my first visit to the US in 1981. I had cousins in Delaware, and besides “OMG it looks just like on TV!”, the biggest environmental shock I experienced when I visited was the absence of dawn/dusk. In Sweden around midsummer, the sun rises at 4:12am, sets at 10:15pm, and it’s still not dark until about 11:30pm. I still miss that.

    ANNUAL POET & PATRIOT CELEBRATION If you miss the Poet & Patriot Irish Pub, you might want to go to Watsonville on March 15! Here’s the info (from the Facebook Event Page) on this yearly gathering:

    Join us on March 15th as we raise our glasses in honor of the cherished Poet & Patriot Irish Pub, a beloved gathering place that held countless memories and connections for our community. This annual celebration, nestled around St. Patrick’s Day, invites you to reconnect with old friends and spark new friendships while reveling in the nostalgia of treasured photo collages that tell the stories of the past. You can expect a lively atmosphere filled with the best ciders and a variety of non-alcoholic options, along with delicious cuisine from High End Comida. Plus, don’t miss out on the live music and open mic opportunities where your voice can be heard.

    Hosted by Santa Cruz Cider Company, 65 Hangar way, Watsonville, CA

    With that, I turn you over to this week’s contributions from our intrepid columnists.

    ...

    DAREDEVIL. Disney+. Series (8.6 IMDb) *** The one that started the Netflix/Marvel cavalcade. Charlie Cox and Vincent D’Onofrio bring depth and humor/tragedy to the David and Goliath of New York. Matt Murdoch/Daredevil (Cox), an attorney who was struck blind as a youth, develops the ability to “see” through the use of organic sonar, and uses that ability (along with rigorous martial arts training) to take on the criminal denizens of the shadowy streets. Wilson Fisk/Kingpin (D’Onofrio), a man of outsized power (figuratively and literally) with rage issues, but also a nuanced romantic side, finds his criminal enterprises falling into the “sights” of the blind kid from Hell’s Kitchen. Subsequent stories dealt with other comic characters, Elektra and The Punisher. Amazing fight choreography (not just martial arts, but the fluidity of the staging) if you’re into that – not for the faint of heart. Now on Disney. ~Sarge

    DAREDEVIL – BORN AGAIN. Disney+. Series (9 IMDb) *** For anyone thinking that Daredevil would lose its edge being on Disney, think again. The original cast of Netflix’s Daredevil are back for this sequel from Disney. After a journey through various other shows (the Defenders, Hawkeye, Echo, and She Hulk) Cox and D’Onofrio are back. In the first two episodes we see Matt, in the wake of a tragedy, hang up the horns, and Fisk coming out of rehabilitation after getting shot in the face by Echo (see: “Hawkeye” and “Echo”). Matt returns to lawyering, and Fisk … has a vision for a better New York, as Mayor. Just a wee tad chilling, given the current climate. First two episodes on Disney right now – new episodes every Tuesday. ~Sarge

    COMPANION. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV. Movie (7.1 IMDb) *** Iris (Sophie Thatcher) and Josh (Jack Quaid) traveling to a friend’s country home for a party where the fact that one of the guests is an android “companion” is the LEAST surprising thing that will be discovered. Some distressingly recognizable relationship dynamics are revealed and explored. Also some violence, and a sexual assault, for those who might be triggered. Well made for a light budget, with some nuanced performances. For those troubled by AI – you might want to start saying “please and thank you” to Alexa and Siri. ~Sarge

    MOANA 2. Apple TV, Fandango, PrimeTV, YouTube, Disney+. Series (6.8 IMDb) ** Moana, after reconnecting her people with their seafaring heritage, discovers the ocean is empty. She’s called back by the Gods to face a greedy deity who sunk a cornerstone island, once the link between all Oceania’s seafaring people. Unfortunately, it’s a step down from the original. “Get Lost,” sung by the mid-film villain Matangi, lacks the charm of “Shiny,” and Maui feels like a shadow of his former self. Moana’s crew is a completely superfluous random mix—grumpy farmer, Maui fanboy, manic tech girl, and another comic relief animal (who’s outshone by HeiHei, the chicken). Only the mute rabid coconut warrior, Kotu, adds any value. Much like the first film, the Big Bad is just an angry, personality-less force, this time throwing lightning instead of fireballs. While it’ll entertain kids, there’s little for the parents this time around. Comes to Disney+ March 12th. ~Sarge

    HEART EYES. In theaters. Movie (6.6 IMDb) **- A meet-cute rom-com – with a slasher! Odd mix, but it seems to be director Josh Ruben’s forte. Ad designer Ally (Olivia Holt) accidently presents a “historic tracic lovers” motif JUST as notorious serial killer, Heart Eyes, who murders romantic couples on Valentine’s Day, resurfaces. She teams up with “ad fixer” freelancer Jay (Mason Gooding) in a “Desk Set” will-they won’t-they team-up, until an unexpected kiss puts them in the sights of Heart Eyes. The slashing is moderately creative, the chemistry fairly good, but it just lacks a real personality for Heart Eyes (which you need for a franchise killer). Not for the timid, but not epic gorefest either. On par with Christopher Landon’s 2020 body-swap horror/comedy “Freaky” (ala Freaky Friday – only instead of mother/daughter, it’s slasher/cheerleader). ~Sarge

    THE ÅRE MURDERS. Netflix. Series (6.7 IMDb) ***- A darkly delightful remake of F.W. Murnau’s 1922 original “Nosferatu” (itself, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”). The story points match, down to the use of shadows as characters. The performances by Depp, Hoult, and Skarsgård breathe new life into the story, as do the visual textures of the cinematography and costume design (even the choice of using Dacian – a long dead language from central Europe – for Orlok’s dialogue). Slowly menacing in its pacing, this film builds its mood in a way that most modern horror films fail to. ~Sarge

    THE BREAKTHROUGH. Netflix. Series (7.1 IMDb) **- Thanks to Netflix’s voracious appetite for new material, we’ve had a lot of opportunity to watch movies and tv from all over the place. I’ve been noticing an alarming number of bleak crime dramas from Sweden – one of them was “The Breakthrough”, a police procedural based on a real-life 16 year murder investigation. Though the first 3 episodes were a trifle slow, the final episode finally brings it all together. Peter Eggers stars as a police detective who does a LOT of speedwalking while beating his heart out against an impossible case. ~Sarge

    NOSFERATU (2024). Prime. Movie (7.4 IMDb) ***- A darkly delightful remake of F.W. Murnau’s 1922 original “Nosferatu” (itself, an unauthorized adaptation of Bram Stoker’s “Dracula”). The story points match, down to the use of shadows as characters. The performances by Depp, Hoult, and Skarsgård breathe new life into the story, as do the visual textures of the cinematography and costume design (even the choice of using Dacian – a long dead language from central Europe – for Orlok’s dialogue). Slowly menacing in its pacing, this film builds its mood in a way that most modern horror films fail to. ~Sarge

    ERASERHEAD. Max. Movie (7.3 IMDb) **** In honor of the passing of one of the most individual visions in the film industry, David Lynch, I went back and revisited “Eraserhead” for the first time in 40 years. It would become a cult hit during the late 70’s-80’s. There was nothing like it at the time, with a Buñuel level of slow-paced uncomfortable surrealism, and a story that can’t easily be described. As such, it tends to be shoehorned into the genre of horror, which, on a certain level, is fair, but it is so much more. It will be a slog for the short attention-span set, but worth every unsettling moment. Starring Jack Nance, one of Lynch’s personal ensemble favorites. ~Sarge

    FLOW. Apple TV, PrimeTV. Movie (7.9 IMDb) *** “Flow” is a an amazing journey – animated with a small crew on open-source software, it is a personal exploration by animals in the wake of a global flood. A cat is joined by a capybara, a bird, a lemur, and a dog, as they explore the flooded world together on a boat. No dialogue, but actual animal voices in the soundtrack. A refreshing new animaed film, without the glossy signature stylings of Pixar or Dreamworks. We need more of this. Latvian, but it translates well. ~Sarge

    STAR WARS: SKELETON CREW. Disney+ series (7.2 IMDb) *** It’s refreshing when a big franchise realizes they’ve created a universe big enough to tell other stories (look at Star Trek Lower Decks – a successful animated comedy entrenched deeply in the Star Trek Universe), and that’s what Skeleton Crew does for Star Wars. A quartet of children, chafing at the bureaucratic cloister of their homeworld, stumble on a crashed spaceship and find themselves launched into the rough and tumble Star Wars Universe. Using a rough “Treasure Island” plotline, there’s space piracy aplenty: Jude Law’s character is referred to as Cap’n Silvo (nod to Long John Silver from Treasure Island) and the ship’s yarr-voiced droid is SM-33 (Smee was Captain Hook’s first mate in Peter Pan). Good for adults and children (though not TOO young – plenty of life-taking and intense scenes). ~Sarge

    NIGHTBITCH. Hulu movie (5.6 IMDb) *** This film is ideal for husbands and fathers, capturing the mix of profound and bullshit (and profound again) moments in a woman’s journey from being a successful artist to new motherhood. What begins as a seemingly supernatural plot evolves into a raw, magical realist exploration of the chaos and sacrifice of motherhood and identity. It’s a subjective, visceral experience, navigating the emotional and (literal) physical mess of this transformative stage. ~Sarge

    SMALL THINGS LIKE THESE. PrimeTV. (6.9 IMDb) *** A quietly ponderous Christmas tale set in a small town in Ireland in 1985 (swear to god it feels more like the 1940s…). Cillian Murphy plays a loving father and quietly likable coal delivery man, who comes into conflict with the steely “kind” Mother Superior (Emily Watson) of the local school and “Magdelene Laundry” for fallen girls. A bit of a slow walk, and as heartening as it could be, given the Laundries wouldn’t be eliminated till the mid 1990s. Excellent performances all around, particularlly given how little dialogue there was. ~Sarge

    ...

    March 3, 2025

    Housing for Whom?

    Today’s photo shows a small section of Pacific Station North, under construction. The site is across from Streetlight Records on Pacific Avenue. It already is starting to dwarf the adjacent six story 1010 Pacific, which when built in 2004 was the tallest downtown residential building except for the landmark Palomar built in 1930. To get council approval for exceeding the then three-story downtown height limit, the 1010 Pacific promoters emphasized that the housing would be for teachers, firefighters, and police…” workforce housing” they called it. The twenty percent Inclusionary rate (23 units out of 113) exceeded the Inclusionary rate at the time. The extra inclusionary units, plus the “workforce” promise were persuasive factors in securing council approval.

    So how did that turn out? Did 1010 Pacific fill a critical need for workforce housing? The short answer is, we don’t know. The city does not track such metrics. The result is that slogans, feel-good labels and assumptions substitute for data and knowledge in city planning decisions. As for 1010 Pacific, folks who have rented there say it predominantly houses students and you can see that demographic heavily represented in the online comments from residents.

    Pacific Station North is planned for one hundred and twenty-eight (128) units of affordable housing, plus commercial, retail and the new Metro Center. Thirty-two (32) units are set aside for the extremely low-income category, which realistically is the actual earning rate of low-income workers in the city. The formal HCD low-income cut-off rate is $93,000 for an individual. I recall the exit interview with the previous Sentinel Managing editor who expressed surprise that she had qualified for a low-income Inclusionary unit in the city. The income categories are locally unrealistic because they are tied to the Area Median Income which has significantly risen in the city of Santa Cruz due to the recent influx of high-earning professionals.

    As our town is being transformed with massive high rises that loom over single story neighborhoods, blocking light and sun, with no required parking and no local ability to say no, it is reasonable that the city answers with data the question of who is getting the scarce affordable units? Is it students? Is it county residents?  Or is it, as the city Municipal Code 24.16.045 has required since 2007, city residents and workers in the city?

    The Civil Grand Jury of 2003-04, of which I was a member, investigated this question and published a report titled, Housing for Whom? An investigation into Inclusionary Housing in the City of Santa Cruz. You can find it on the Civil Grand Jury website. The short answer again is, nobody knows. The city does no tracking for local worker or resident status. Especially interesting are the required responses from city staff and city council who largely dismissed the Findings and incorrectly claimed they had implemented three out of four Recommendations when the facts show otherwise.

    Now we are faced with a possible Initiative for affordable housing on the November Ballot. Titled, Workforce Housing Solutions Act,” the backers are currently gathering signatures to qualify for the ballot. Signature gatherers include students at $20 an hour. Is this more of the same hype, pretending to be for local workers as the name suggests? Or is there a data-gathering tool in the ballot measure to ensure the housing benefits local workers and residents?

    I’m afraid the answer is the former. The name “Workforce Housing Solutions Act” is…an act. Marketing jargon only. That fact is made clear under the definitions page where “affordable and workforce housing” is defined as “housing that is affordable to extremely low, very low, low and moderate-income levels.” No reference to workers to be found in the definitions. Section 3 of the text of the Act under Purposes and Intent has six numbered entries. The word “worker” never appears.

    On page four of the text of the Act there is an entry that states:

    Santa Cruz City residents, workers and veterans shall have priority for obtaining housing units, to the extent allowable by law.

    Apart from the addition of veterans, this reference is no different from what is currently required by City Code for Inclusionary Housing, and which is never tracked, documented, or verified.

    Without a mechanism included in the Ballot Measure to do such tracking and verification, any affordable housing funded by this added tax on city property owners can be occupied by a non-city resident and non-city worker so long as their income is at the required level.

    At a forum on Saturday March 1 organized by Our Downtown Our Future (ODOF) whose leaders are supporting and promoting the ballot measure, Mayor Keeley spoke in support with words to the effect that no measure is perfect; that we should not dismiss one because it is only seventy percent of perfect. That one hundred percent of nothing you can have any day.

    Carefully weighing the mayor’s words, I still did not come away convinced to support the ballot measure. It’s not just the hypocrisy of labelling your ballot as Workforce Housing Solutions Act with no intention that any resulting housing will necessarily go to local low-income workers, it’s not just that it will be the city’s Economic Development and Housing Department in charge of the accrued funds from the tax increase, it’s that I see the local rental housing affordability crisis disproportionally affecting our long-time local low-income workers. These workers are being pushed out of their local rental housing in disturbingly large numbers. They now commute to their jobs in Santa Cruz from Watsonville, Salinas and even San Jose. It is these essential workers, our own low-income workforce who should be benefitting from any tax levied on city property owners. Let UCSC and the county file their own ballot measures to help their low-income constituents.

    Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

    ...
    WHAT WILL BE DECIDED AND WHEN?

    It seems unclear when exactly the proposed Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) project at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville will come publicly before the Planning Commission or the Board of Supervisors, and if there will be any separate public meeting for residents who live adjacent.

    The April 25, 2025 date given as the Final Ordinance approval deadline by additional Board direction on October 29, 2024 is a Friday, which could coincide with the County Zoning Administrator hearing date.

    How interesting that a project could be zooming through the permit process when the County has no language in place for how the project would be approved or regulated.

    No one seems to have an actual timeline, but it is clear that residents Countywide need to demand County Supervisors approve an Urgency Ordinance and temporary moratorium on lithium BESS facilities in the County until an impartial technical advisory panel convenes and makes recommendations regarding the County’s BESS Ordinance.

    We need to look to our neighbors in Morro Bay for guidance and inspiration.  Here is a great article about that: Coastal Commission Questions Battery Project | Estero Bay News The situation in Santa Cruz County is a bit different in that none of the three proposed BESS sites is within the Coastal Zone, so the Coastal Commission would not have any approval jurisdiction.  Because New Leaf Energy, the applicants for the 90 Minto Road project, could choose to apply with the California Energy Commission for an Opt-In Certificate to operate, thereby sidestepping local jurisdiction.  That is thanks to AB 205, passed by the legislature in 2022.   Assemblymember Gail Pellerin and State Senator John Laird both voted in favor of this work-around for the energy industry.

    Interestingly, Assemblymember Dawn Addis also voted in favor of this bad piece of legislation, but now that Vistra attempted to use the work-around in Morro Bay, and the devastating Moss Landing Vistra Battery Storage Fire has happened, she has apparently reconsidered, and introduced AB 303. [Addis Introduces Legislation to Bolster Community Choice & Environmental Protections in Battery Projects]

    We need to support this work to retrieve local authority on Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) projects in our Communities.  Please write your elected representatives and urge them to support AB 303.  Write the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors and urge the Board to send a letter in support of AB 303.
    Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

    North County Fire Dept. website has regular updates, including the Santa Cruz County press release of soil and water testing performed in the County at the direction of the Supervisor Manu Koenig and the Board: [2025 Moss Landing Vistra Power Plant Fire | County of Monterey, CA]

    Here is some background information on this County’s crazy race to rush this through. (Pay attention to the conflict of interest of Supervisor Bruce McPherson and CAO Carlos Palacios…and now Supervisor Monica Martinez)
    [Minutes of October 29, 2024 Board of Supervisor Meeting Agenda]

    8. Consider proposed amendments and recommendation for establishing an Energy
    Storage Combining District in Chapter 13.10 of the County Code and associated
    General Plan amendments, and take related actions (Community Development
    and Infrastructure)

    Recommended Actions:

    1. Approved in concept draft amendments to the County’s General Plan and County Code to
      establish an Energy Storage Combining District in Chapter 13.10 of the Santa Cruz County
      Code; and

    2. Provided feedback for any changes to the draft amendments and the parcels to which the
      Combining District would be added; and

    3. Directed staff to proceed with finalizing the amendments, conducting environmental review
      under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), obtaining the Planning
      Commission’s recommendation on the General Plan, County Code, and zoning map
      amendments, and returning to the Board of Supervisors for adoption.

    Public Comment:
    1 person addressed the Board in chambers
    2 people addressed the Board via Zoom

    Additional Direction:

    1. Directed staff to work with energy industry experts to determine the feasibility of complying with
      updates to the County Code and General Plan that the Board has already adopted. Specifically,
      Code Section 13.10.314 and General Plan Policies ARC-1.3.1 and 1.3.2.

    2. Directed staff to revise the draft ordinance to include a minimum storage capacity of 50
      Megawatts and a minimum parcel size of 10 acres to ensure the ordinance will significantly focus
      on utility scale transmission storage projects consistent with the State’s definition of projects that
      will efficiently meet our decarbonization goals.

    3. Directed staff to return to the Board on or before April 25, 2025 with the final draft ordinances.

    RESULT: APPROVED WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTION [4 TO 1]
    MOVER: Bruce McPherson, Fifth District Supervisor
    SECONDER: Felipe Hernandez, Fourth District Supervisor
    AYES: Koenig, Cummings, Hernandez, McPherson
    NAYS: Friend

     

    WHEN WILL THERE BE A TOWN HALL MEETING?
    At the February 25 Board of Supervisor meeting, many people voiced opposition to the proposed Seahawk Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) facility at 90 Minto Road in Watsonville.  In response, 4th District Supervisor Felipe Hernandez stated “we are planning a public meeting but are working on who to invite and where to hold it.” It was unclear whether all Supervisors are involved, and how widely the notice for the meeting would be.

    Write them and insist there be a countywide town hall meeting for the BESS Ordinance for Santa Cruz County, and that they immediately pass an Urgency Ordinance to halt all BESS projects and applications until an impartial Technical Advisory Panel convenes to advise Planning Staff and the Board.
    Board of Supervisors <Boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>

    Write your Supervisor individually to ask for regular Town Hall meetings.  The e-mail template is 

    Firstname.Lastname@santacruzcountyca.gov

     

    You can also write them via forms on their webpages

    Currently, with the exception of 1st District Supervisor Manu Koenig, NONE hold regular public meetings with constituents.  Supervisor Koenig has open office hours only once a month, on the first Wednesday, 1pm-3pm, usually at the Sheriff Center in Live Oak. However, according to his webpage, March Office Hours will be held Wednesday, March 5th from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM at the Government Center, 701 Ocean St. 5th Floor, Room. 500. Bring your questions and meet with me one-on-one. As always, first come first served.

    CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION IS DETERMINED TO USE LITHIUM BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS
    The California Energy Commission (CEC) held a workshop recently to promote lithium mining in Lithium Valley (aka Salton Sea) in California.  Held on February 19, the all-day “Workshop on Lithium Valley Vision” discussed promoting the geothermal lithium mining in the Salton Sea area to ensure that lithium supplies and prices would be competitive with world market supplies and to “facilitate expanded geothermal and lithium production in the region in a responsible and locally beneficial manner. ”  This was Informational Proceeding Docket No. 24-OIIP-02-Lithium Valley Vision.

    Here is a summary:

    Background
    “Lithium Valley” is the term used to describe a world-class lithium industry centered on recovering lithium from geothermal brine in the Salton Sea region. This includes expanding geothermal energy production, conservation efforts, and economic development with substantive benefits for local residents.1 Located in the Eastern Coachella Valley and Imperial Valley, near the Mexican border, this region contains some of the largest lithium deposits in the world. Recent analysis from the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory found that there’s enough lithium in the region to support over 375 million batteries for electric vehicles (EV)2.

    Assembly Bill 1657 (AB 1657) (E. Garcia, Chapter 271, Statutes of 2020) authorized the CEC to establish and convene the Blue Ribbon Commission on Lithium Extraction in California, known more commonly as the “Lithium Valley Commission.” The Lithium Valley Commission explored opportunities and challenges surrounding lithium recovery and adopted a report with findings and recommendations that provide a pathway for the state’s Lithium Valley Vision, Report of the Blue Ribbon Commission on Lithium Extraction in California (see link below). The report, which was submitted to the state legislature in December 2022, recommends accelerating transmission planning, improving permitting, securing funding for infrastructure investments, incentivizing economic development to support industry growth, and increasing job training, among other actions.

    The report found that interest in, and support for, the development of domestic lithium sources — specifically lithium recovery from geothermal brine in Imperial County — are occurring at the local, state, and national level.3 The report also found that members of communities and tribes near and culturally affiliated with the Salton Sea and Salton Sea Known Geothermal Resource Area are deeply interested in and concerned about possible impacts to the environment, cultural resources, and public health due to increased development of geothermal power plants and lithium recovery. There is also interest and support for the economic development, job creation, and business opportunities available to the community and tribes. On February 14, 2024, the CEC instituted an informational proceeding for the Lithium Valley Vision and designated Commissioner Noemí Gallardo as Lead Commissioner of this proceeding. Through this proceeding, the CEC seeks to collect additional information and perspectives to determine the most effective pathways to advance the Lithium Valley Vision. The proceeding will enable the CEC to establish a record of input from multiple perspectives, including those of local residents, government, California Native American tribes, industry, community groups, academia, the public, and other interested participants to help develop recommendations for a more strategic plan to advance the Lithium Valley Vision. The ultimate outcome of this proceeding will be a set of recommendations for state and local government to consider to ensure successful development of the Lithium Valley Vision.

    This proceeding specifically seeks to:

    1. Identify the entities currently implementing Lithium Valley Commission recommendations and establish a coordinated approach between those entities to fulfill and track progress on the completion of those recommendations;
    2. Work closely with the County of Imperial and other local jurisdictions, as well as communities and tribes, to develop a shared Lithium Valley Vision;
    3. Determine how the Lithium Valley Vision ties into the state’s climate and clean energy goals;
    4. Develop recommendations to align resources and efforts towards the shared Lithium Valley Vision and the state’s lithium economy;
    5. Identify how to remove barriers to building out infrastructure required for the Lithium Valley Vision; and
    6. Explore whether new legislation is needed to fulfill the Lithium Valley Commission’s recommendations and the Lithium Valley Vision.

    For more information about the Lithium Valley Vision, visit this webpage:
    [Lithium Valley Vision]
    For more information on Lithium Valley Commission and its report, visit this webpage:
    [Lithium Valley Commission
    ]

    The question we all must raise and demand to be answered is this: “Are lithium batteries the  absolute safest battery technology available?”   I think the answer is “NO”.  Please write the CEC and demand that non-lithium battery technologies that are far safer be used and incentivized.

    3CE POWER CUSTOMERS WILL SEE A RATE INCREASE AS SOON AS APRIL
    The Central Coast Community Energy (3CE) Audit and Finance Board met recently, approving a rate increase for all customers.  This is because power consumption has been lower than anticipated, thereby affecting overall revenue collected,  and the California Public Utility Commission (CPUC) is expected  to change regulatory policies at their March 19, 2025 meeting that will affect pricing and requirements.

    The Board heard that revenues were down about 5% from anticipated levels of $5.7 million, causing a $12 million deficit if customers pricing does not increase.  The goal is to add $40 million to the Reserve, to allow continued electricfication incentives and purchasing operational facilities…. BESS facilities, for example.

    The Board, Chaired by Watsonville City Councilmember Jimmy Dutra, approved the rate increase.  Boardmember Silva from Buellton worried that customers in the San Luis Obispo area that have just been brought into the 3CE service boundary were promised big savings on their energy rates…double digit-level savings.  Staff of 3CE assured him that it was clear in the information to these newly-signed up customers that the rates were temporary.

    Next month, the 3CE Policy Board will review and likely approve these rate increases.  Monica Martinez, 5th District Santa Cruz County Supervisor, sits on that Board.  Contact her about the impending 3CE rate increase, projected to be 3%, and her conflict of interest on the Board regarding future votes on the County’s BESS Ordinance.  <Monica.Martinez@santacruzcountyca.gov>

    WHAT IS IN YOUR WATER?
    We all wonder now, and if Soquel Creek Water District does begin injecting treated sewage water into the midcounty’s aquifer drinking water supply, I think we should all worry more.  Take a look at this interesting site and compare your water with that of others. [Chemicals Found In CA Drinking Water Revealed In New Study]

    Many thanks to my friend, Kris, for sending this information.

    WILL SANTA CRUZ CITY BE HELD ACCOUNTABLE IF NEW AFFORDABLE HOUSING TAX IS PASSED?
    The 2023-2024 Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury investigation found that the City of Santa Cruz has failed in many respects to honor promises of affordable housing funding accountability.  Please read “Housing for Whom?  An Investigation of Inclusionary Housing in the City of Santa Cruz” :
    [Housing Report]

    Here is the summary that must be addressed by the proponents of this new tax that would fund workforce affordable housing:

    “Summary 
    Inclusionary Housing refers to the percentage of units in a development project required by City Code to be set aside for below market rate rent or sale. This type of housing is a critical source of affordable housing in the City of Santa Cruz. The number is small while the demand is high. The City Municipal Code requires that local residents and workers in the City of Santa Cruz who meet income eligibility requirements are given preference (priority) for Inclusionary Housing.
     
    But is this happening? 
     
    The Grand Jury investigation determined that the City keeps no records, does no tracking, gathers no data, and has no evidence to determine if preference is being given to local residents and local workers when renting Inclusionary Housing units. 
     
    The City has conflicting and contradictory policies on whether Inclusionary Housing applies to low, very low and extremely low income earners only, or whether moderate income earners are also eligible.
     
    The City cannot state what percentage of the City’s affordable housing is occupied by income-verified UCSC students. The Grand Jury recommends that the disparity in the City’s legal documents regarding income eligibility levels for Inclusionary Housing be resolved; that the City develop publicly available metrics to ensure Inclusionary Housing preferences are being followed and to document the percentage of Inclusionary Housing units rented to UCSC students.”

    How did the Santa Cruz City Council and Mayor Fred Keeley respond?   DENY, DENY, DENY.  Read the responses in the attached investigation report and ask yourself whether the City can be trusted now with a ballot measure to bring in more money for workforce inclusionary housing.

    Listen in to a February 28 recorded interview on “Community Matters” program about the proposed  Workforce Affordable Housing Act Initiative (under “Current Shows” and Community Matters).  There is also a Public Workshop, sponsored by “Our Downtown, Our Future”,  on the topic on Saturday,  March 1, 3:30pm-5pm at the Downtown Library,   Hopefully it will be recorded.

    SEEING RAINBOWS
    The magic of  seeing refracted light is wonderful.  Plan to take the family to see the Light Refractor Scopes @STEAM Expo, held at the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds on Saturday, March 8, in Crosetti Building, 10:30am-3pm.


    WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  DEMAND PUBLIC TOWN HALL MEETINGS WITH YOUR COUNTY SUPERVISORS AND ATTEND THEM.

    MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY JUST DOING ONE THING.

    Cheers,
    Becky

    Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

    Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

    ...
    Cotoni Coast Dairies, 2064: A Dystopia

    I invite you to immerse yourself for a few moments into my nightmare of the future of Santa Cruz’ North Coast. How will Cotoni Coast Dairies fare in the future, for instance in 2064? During the past year, many things have aligned to push my nightmare closer to reality. Note, this essay is the opposite view of my prior utopian sketch published here.

    The Recipe
    Extreme factions of the far right have expertly wrangled a successful populist movement, gaining control of all three branches of the US government. Swiftly, we see dismantling of conservation including parklands staff and environmental protections for wildlife, clean water, and clean air. We recall Brazil’s Bolsonaro regime and their treatment of the precious natural areas of the Amazon and its inhabitants: park boundaries ignored and rapacious resource development encouraged, including illegal settlements. This story has been repeated in many places around the world as populist national political interests are imposed. These trends repeat: abandoning local interests with the establishment of the parks at the outset and continuing alienation of local people post parks development. As ecologists and conservationist Dan Janzen has wisely noted, it is important that the most local people see their own interests reflected in conservation lands, so that they will play an active role in protecting those lands.

    What’s Coming
    It is 2064, the 50th anniversary of Cotoni Coast Dairies becoming public land, and none of the hundreds of shanty inhabitants living on the property are reminded of the significance of this milestone. Parking areas and trails, once developed for the recreational elite, are covered with trash and lean-to cardboard and tin shelters, which started during the Hard Times of the 2030’s. Presidential Administrations have opened most federal lands, especially Bureau of Land Management lands, to settlement, promising to alleviate housing shortages. Millions had been displaced by extreme heat and epic storms, driven by climate change in the quickly uninhabitable interior USA. The squalor of the hastily erected federal land climate refugee camps contrasts only slightly to those on the nearby State Parks lands, which were opened by the Governor a little later and had ad hoc administrators that attempted (at first) to organize them.

    Missing Wildlife
    By 2050, wildlife on the North Coast existed only as a fond memory of most settlers, who longed for the first decades of feasting on their tasty flesh. Even the smallest birds have succumbed to cooking fires, and the land is silent, without bird song. Tide pools have been scraped clean of limpets and mussels and people comb post-storm beaches for kelp and other marine vegetables, otherwise out of reach from harvest.

    Wildfire
    Fires have become tamer after the raging infernos of the 20’s and 30’s consumed the last of the mature trees and, eventually, even their memories…the blackened snags and stumps. Storms come almost every summer, and it is rare that lightning fails to ignite a hundred fires between Santa Cruz and Half Moon Bay. These run quickly across the mountains in the regularly howling winds, consuming whatever diminutive weeds survive. Hundreds of people succumb to wind-driven infernos, but more replace them. As bad as it seems, there is no better place remaining: the seasons are still relatively mild compared to anywhere else in the country.

    The Water
    The much-feared Water Guard and their families are the richest among the abject poor, for the cost of this scarce commodity cannot be avoided. They maintain and guard impoundments in the few streams that still provide water: Waddell, Scott, San Vicente, and Laguna Creeks. The other streams disappeared by 2050, now only scorched, mud-filled, lifeless canyons. The dams in the remaining creeks are maintained at high cost and much labor. Deluges are followed by flash floods carrying boulders, silt and debris that easily fill the tiny reservoirs. The stronger people earn water credit in trade for their labor rebuilding the dams, cleaning out storage pools, and replacing distribution pipes leading to water sales locations. Others earn their water by guarding this system day and night, sometimes with their lives. Water is life!

    The Realization of This Nightmare
    This dystopia is closer than most realize. It is a choice. It is everyone’s choice to avoid, but no one chooses the leadership necessary to do so. Instead, we keep electing representatives to take the place of the parents we wish we had had. Mother and daddy know best, we just want to be told to hush and to trust and that everything will be okay, but it never works out that way.

    The pathway to this nightmare has been paved in so many ways. The back-room-deal-type Environmental Saviors responsible for the federal presence, for the Bureau of Land Management (of all agencies!) takeover of Cotoni Coast Dairies not that long ago fought local conservationists in court and won, then counter-sued the conservationists for their expenses. Those types are still working behind the scenes to make this deal seem palatable and good by succoring wealthy outdoor recreation types and funding their trail-building enablers. They have long abandoned partnerships with local community interests and even the more wide-ranging and very popular wildlife conservation movement. Alienation of those interests leaves the door wide open for the populists to overrun these lands which they portray as empty, pretty landscapes ready for settlement. It has always been so.

    What You Can Do
    The frustration we feel at the trends we have seen too late emerging can be put to good use. We can give money to the Center for Biological Diversity, a last bastion effectively using the legal system to protect wildlife, even around the Monterey Bay. We can vote for different representatives who primarily recognize the importance of the environment and the need to engage, enlighten, and empower those people who care about nature, which is everyone. We can speak up against the local lack of justice. We have more influence in local politics than national: this is the place we create the political movements that make a difference. This is the place we nurture the leaders of tomorrow’s State and Federal governments.

    Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

    Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

    ...

    Tuesday, March 4, 2025
    #63 / The Apprentice

    On Friday, February 21, 2025, the “Review & Outlook” column in The Wall Street Journal included a statement about “Trump’s Executive-Power Restoration.” According to The Journal, our president’s “bold order putting ‘independent agencies’ under White House control echoes the Founders.” The column begins this way:

    In case you haven’t noticed, President Trump is trying to assert control over the entire executive branch of government, for better or worse. His latest effort is an executive order published Tuesday that imposes new White House supervision over so-called independent agencies like the Securities and Exchange Commission. This could be a constitutional watershed (emphasis added).

    There is no doubt that the very essence of our Constitutional government is at stake, but The Journal is wrong about what “the Founders” contemplated. What they contemplated was a government in which the “Legislative” branch decided all major issues, and wrote the laws, with the “Executive” branch given the subsidiary responsibility of seeing that “the laws were faithfully executed.” After all, the American Revolution was fought to extract the United States, and its government, from the grip of a “King.”

    Our current president, recently, proclaimed himself a “King,” and even if Mr. Trump meant this only metaphorically, and to indicate simply that he considers himself to be a powerful and effective manager and leader, there is still a pretty significant problem.

    Here’s the problem: Mr. Trump, in truth, is not doing a very good job managing the federal government, after having announced that it was time, as The Wall Street Journal put it, for “new White House supervision” over important governmental agencies. Maybe it would actually be a good idea to undertake a substantive review of various governmental bureaucracies. I, personally, can’t really say that if this were done correctly it would be a mistake. However, any such review should be undertaken only in a very well-thought-out way, with lots of opportunities for those affected, and the public, to understand what’s going on, and to comment and participate. This would be the opposite of what is actually happening.

    I am sorry to have to say it out loud, and to question Mr. Trump’s sense of his own greatness, but Mr. Trump just isn’t a very effective, or competent, top manager. He thinks he is one, certainly, and he says he is one, but he is not.

    Mr. Trump, for instance, somehow managed to drive two different Atlantic City casinos into bankruptcy, which is hard to understand, since where gambling casinos are concerned, the “House” always wins.

    It is worth paying attention to what a column in The New York Times said, on the very same day that The Journal published its editorial comment, which I have quoted above. Here is The Times’ headline: “We Are Blundering Our Way Into a Financial Crisis.” If that financial crisis does come, it is Mr. Trump who will have gotten us there. On a different topic, as I have recently noted, the president’s failure to conduct himself properly (and wisely) in a meeting with President Zelensky of Ukraine is having a negative impact on our ability remain in a leadership position in the world.

    In terms of both competence and experience, as a manager – and as our chief executive – Donald J. Trump is just not very good.

    He is an “Apprentice,” and he has gotten himself (and the nation) all mixed up.

    Our president does think he is a competent executive, course. However, that is only because he used to play one on TV!

    Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

    Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

    ...

    AN AMBUSH, KICKING THE DOG, KICKING THE CAN, NO-NO-NOBEL

    The world is still reeling from the embarrassing Oval Office clash between Presidents Trump and Zelensky, and Vice-Intruder Vance last week. A much-anticipated agreement with the USA to move toward a settlement between Ukraine and Russia to resolve Putin’s ongoing three-year attempt to rejoin Zelensky’s country into the Russian fold was simply a shameful ambush by the White House. As Sabrina Haake writes in her column, “The flip side to shame is revulsion. Watching Trump and Vance kick Zelensky for the cameras was like watching a neighbor starve his dog, then kick it for looking at his food bowl.” Haake says watching Trump’s and Vance’s attempts to pressure the Ukraine president into surrendering to Putin made her sick with shame, since they wanted him “to agree to a ceasefire with no security guarantees and to ‘trust’ Putin to honor his word.” The 2014 invasion of Crimea and the 2022 invasion of Ukraine, coupled with Putin’s murdered critics (watch out for that open window!) and disappeared rivals emphasizes to Zelensky that Putin is unrelenting in his quest. Our two ‘leaders’ accused Zelensky of “being disrespectful” and “trying to re-litigate” the morals of the war for the press and the cameras — all arranged by Trump for his anticipated glory and that now-trampled Nobel Peace Prize.

    Norwegian parliamentarian Christian Tybring-Gjedde is quoted as saying that Trump’s dictatorial bullying doesn’t qualify as a diplomatic outreach that warrants a third nomination to follow the two that we saw in his first term. “He is dictating terms that the Europeans are very scared of and are really worried about what’s going to come of this. Right now, I don’t think there’s a prospect of a Nobel Peace Prize. But you never know,” said Tybring-Gjedde. The dark and foreboding browbeating heaped upon Zelensky for not saying ‘thank-you’ enough times for US firepower used against Putin’s invasion, has spoiled Trump’s pledge to “end the war on day one.” It’s obvious that Trump’s whining over the lack of the Nobel on his résumé remains a sore point, as he responded to a reporter’s question during a press conference recently: “They will never give me a Nobel Peace Prize. It’s too bad. I deserve it, but they will never give it to me.” National security advisor Mike Waltz, and Representative Elise Stefanik, both told conservatives that Trump is a “president of peace” who deserves the award. Yet, fears have now risen that the president will use his dominance to end the war on Russian terms, with his rhetoric having grown more hostile to Ukraine over the past few weeks — calling Zelensky a “dictator” and accusing Ukraine of being the aggressor.

    Sitting next to Trump, with arms folded, Zelensky was scolded like a disobedient schoolboy, bombarded by Vance’s accusation, “Have you said ‘thank-you’ once in the entire meeting?” Following the cancelled meeting, after Zelensky was unceremoniously escorted to his limo, and without having to delve into suppressed files, CNN posted thirty-three occasions in which Zelensky expressed his gratitude, one before a joint session of the US Congress in 2022 — a more comprehensive search would certainly have doubled, tripled that number. Attempting to one-up Vance, a testy Trump then said, “You’re either going to make a deal or we’re out. And if we’re out, you’ll fight it out. I don’t think that’s going to be pretty, but you’ll fight it out. But you don’t have the cards.” Mafioso Trump seemed to forget that he was in the Oval Office as he went into presidential campaign mode, talking about the “phony witch hunt” he endured regarding Russia’s 2016 election meddling. “Let me tell you, Putin went through a hell of a lot with me,” Trump whined. MSNBC’s Nicole Wallace responded to this diatribe with a twisted-face “Awww….” as if to say, “Isn’t that sweet?” After the Ukraine president had left the building, Trump announced he was not welcome back, until he is “ready for peace.” Or until Trump is seriously ready to compete for that Nobel. Should he forge an agreement favorable to Russia and leave Europe vulnerable to an aggressive Putin, Trump doesn’t ‘have the cards’ in his quest, since the Nobel selection committee is appointed by the Norwegian parliament, leaders of a country nestled next to an expansionist Russia. Trump is still obsessed over Barack Obama’s Nobel Prize which he was awarded nine months into his presidency, and in 2018 expressed dismay that plant scientist Norman Borlaug won for helping to combat global famine: “Can you believe it? He won the Nobel Peace Prize!” Yeah! So take that, USAID!

    The Oval Office conflagration with the demand that Zelensky bend the knee and kiss the ring was off to a bad start even before the televised blowup, after Zelensky was presented with a minerals-for-security agreement by the White House — with no security deal guaranteeing protection from Russian aggression. Ukraine’s president, prior to his trip to DC, had repeatedly specified that security assurances would need to be included, and with his rejection during final discussions, the anger of Trump and Vance spewed out in the subsequent pathetic meeting with the media. Columnist Phil Boas of The Arizona Republic likened the spectacle to “a food fight with petty insults, imbecilic logic, the barking immaturity that is the vernacular of loudmouths and incels, and cosplaying freaks who occupy so much of the social web. Gone were diplomacy and decorum as the world watched with mouths agape, trying to process the consequences. And how long can the Trump administration walk this tightrope, this knife’s blade to restore what it calls American greatness? When you blow past old rules of conduct, through longstanding guardrails, you may think you’re making progress, but you are surely wreaking your own destruction. If you don’t respect boundaries, your political foes won’t either. They’ll come at you, and with fury.” Boas calls Trump an agent of destruction, who currently finds it rough-sledding in his attempt to follow through on campaign promises; Americans sought change in the November election, but the roller coaster is out of control and if the president and his mob don’t slow it, the American people will — and sooner than the next election.

    Bill Maher on HBO’s ‘Real Time’ was visibly outraged about the treatment of Zelensky by the Trump White House, dejectedly joking, “Great day to be an American. My first thought is that he’s browbeating a guy who speaks English as a second language. So we’re all agreed this is deplorable. I’ve tried not to use the word deplorable as much as I can, but when it’s deplorable, it’s deplorable.” World leaders, politicos and average Americans on social media posts agreed that the Zelensky takedown was lacking in the decorum expected of a sensible and reliable USA. Maher’s guest, Fareed Zakaria, called it “tragic” to see an American president “bully, berate” and “demean” a nation’s leader “who depends on the US for its survival” — before giving a cheeky suggestion to Zelensky. Zakaria joked, “The way to have gone in there, is first, you begin by saying, ‘President Trump, you are a genius. You have completely transformed the landscape. I have with me the highest order of merit — Ukraine has never created a civilian honor this big — for you.’ You have a big medal, put it on him, then say to him, ‘I look forward to working with you.'” John Stoehr, of The Editorial Board, an online newspaper, writes, “I think it’s emblematic of the fact that Donald Trump surrounds himself with grown men who are willing to act like little boys if that’s what it takes to make Big Daddy happy.”

    The Trump/Vance performance took place just in time for NBC’s ‘Saturday Night Live’ to take full advantage for a cold open to the show last week. James Austin Johnson as Trump opened the sketch with, “I’d like to welcome President Zelensky to this incredible trap.” Referring to Zelensky’s casual attire, which Trump called attention to as soon as Ukraine’s president stepped out of the limousine, Johnson’s Trump complimented Mikey Day as Zelensky: “I’d like to thank President Zelensky for dressing like casual Star Trek. We love Star Trek because there’s no DEI. The white guy was the leader and he bossed around Spock who was, I believe, Guatemalan.” Mikey Day portraying Zelensky, was unable to speak any lines within the shouting match, being interrupted by Bowen Yang’s JD Vance as soon as he opened his mouth to enter the ‘conversation.’ “I have to jump in here because that’s how we planned this. You didn’t say ‘thank-you.’ You didn’t say anything about us being handsome,” and interrupting Day’s Zelensky again, says, “You have been talking this entire time. I’m sorry, does the sign outside say ‘Ukraine House’? No, it says ‘America House.'” The SNL couch potato portraying a wide-eyed Secretary of State, ‘Little’ Marco Rubio, only sunk deeper into the cushions, muttering, “No Inglés!”  Johnson’s Trump threw out the “I have the cards” line from the embarrassing Oval Office display: “You say you want to end this war, but frankly you don’t have the cards. I have the cards. I have ‘Skip’. I have ‘Draw Four’. I have ‘Get Out of Jail Free’ — the Supreme Court gave me that one.” Comedian Mike Myers crashed the meeting as Elon Musk, chain saw, black t-shirt and mannerisms that were accurate in depicting the real DOGE terrorist. Myers/Musk asks Johnson/Trump, “Uh, Donald, what are you doing in my office? You know I’m president now. I’m kidding! I’m kidding. Maybe not!” He joked about the scores of firings accomplished through DOGE actions: “They’re saying I’m firing people with no cause. But I do have cause. It’s ’cause I feel like it.” Reality bites!

    Satirist Andy Borowitz reports that Zelensky is bowing to Trump’s demand to call for an immediate election with the condition that it be held in the USA and he be allowed to run for president. “For almost 250 years, the USA has been a beacon of democracy and freedom,” he said. “It should have a president who respects those ideas, and I will gladly relocate from Ukraine to do the job.” He was optimistic about his chances of defeating Trump, adding, “I have heard his approval rating is 4 percent, and most of that comes from Elon Musk’s children.”

    Elon Musk’s DOGE army of college dropout hackers, termed the Nerd Reich by federal workers, are using threats and intimidation to gain access to governmental departments and the sensitive data trove in order to gut essential government services, eliminate regulators, a dismantling meant to reshape the federal workforce to serve Trump’s interests and those of his wealthy contributors. One official laments, “I can’t believe this is how they’re blowing up the Constitution — this little nerd army — God help us.” ‘Tonight Show‘ host Jimmy Fallon mocked Musk’s directive to have US federal workers list and submit five things they’ve done in the past week to justify holding their jobs or face termination — for which Musk has no official authority. Workers were dismayed and angry, mostly for getting a work email on a Saturday, joked Fallon, but he had a response for those who dared: “1) I received this email, 2) I opened this email, 3) I read this email, 4) I laughed at this email, 5) I deleted this email. There’s five,” said Fallon, “It’s hard to take seriously when rules from ‘Cinderella’ are being stolen,” as he referred to the 11:59 PM deadline for a response. Social media also gathered a few contributors: 1) Woke up, 2) Got out of bed, 3) Dragged a comb across my head, 4) Found my way downstairs and drank a cup, 5) Looking up, I noticed I was late. Another had a suggestion that would suffice for several weeks of reporting: 1) Put your right arm in, 2) Take your right arm out, 3) Put your right arm in and you shake it all about, 4) Do the Hokey Pokey and you turn yourself around, 5) That’s what it’s all about. Trump is known for attempting to insult Obama by insisting he was born in Africa simply to diminish his standing in the eyes of his base-in-waiting — now he has Elon, who was actually born in Africa, ruining the country for him.

    The White House said that Cabinet secretaries could have the final word on whether employees must respond with their week’s accomplishments, as stated by press secretary Karoline Leavitt. Leavitt said, “The president defers to his Cabinet secretaries who he’s obviously entrusted to pursue the guidance relative to their specific workforce. And for some of the agencies that you’ve seen that have said ‘please don’t send these emails,’ it’s in their best interest for that specific agency, and the president supports that.” She added that over one million responses had been received, “to insure that federal workers are not ripping off American taxpayers, that they are showing up to the office and that they are doing their jobs.” The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) informed Cabinet heads that response to Musk’s edict is voluntary and failure to do so will not be considered a resignation — that threat not appearing in the email, but given voice by President Musk. New FBI Director Kash Patel said, “When and if further information is required, we will coordinate the responses. For now, pause any responses.” Predictable mass chaos reigned as Johnny-Come-Lately Trump arrived on the scene to praise Musk’s email — in order to gather details on employee accomplishments, and to find if employees even exist who are issued paychecks! This led to the OPM issuing yet another statement, quietly stripping the ‘voluntary action’ sentence, with Musk sending a second email demand. Needless to say, it remains a chaotic and unclear situation across all departments with the State Department still advising employees not to respond. Philosopher and essayist George Santayana is quoted as saying, “Perhaps the universe is nothing but an equilibrium of idiocies.” But we could narrow it down to a confederacy of dunces, huh?

    Twenty-one staff members of the US DOGE Service (formerly the US Digital Service) submitted a letter of resignation, citing the destruction of the federal government, which follows on the heels of department employees who were laid off earlier. The letter addressed to White House Chief of Staff Susie Wiles and posted publicly, reads, “We will not use our skills as technologists to compromise core government systems, jeopardize Americans’ sensitive data, or dismantle critical public services. We will not lend our expertise to carry out or legitimize DOGE’s actions. As civil servants, we remained committed throughout the Presidential Transition to delivering better government services through technology and stood ready to partner with incoming officials. Each of us left senior private sector technology positions to pursue nonpartisan public service. We swore to serve the Constitution across presidential administrations. However, it has become clear that we can no longer honor those commitments at the United State DOGE Service.”

    Press Secretary Leavitt revealed last week that a dramatic change is being initiated in the press access for journalists covering President Trump, with the White House press team overseeing the press pool instead of the White House Correspondent’s Association“Legacy outlets who have participated in the pool for decades will still be allowed to join,” she announced, but the change will bring in ‘new voices.’ “We will continue the rotation of the five major television networks to ensure (‘endure’ might be more apt) the president’s remarks are heard far and wide around this world. We will add additional streaming services which reach different audiences than traditional cable and broadcast,” she clarified. The WHCA’s president, Eugene Daniels responded to this abrupt change, saying, “This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States. It suggests the government will select the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.” Daniels revealed that Leavitt and her team didn’t include him and the WHCA in any discussions for the change, claiming that the organization is already expanding into a wide range of outlets as part of the overall pool. Trump, in his pettiness, is still barring the Associated Press over their refusal to acknowledge his executive order by changing their stylebook to read ‘the Gulf of America’ instead of ‘the Gulf of Mexico.’ Weird that Trump shared an AP article on social media in criticizing Zelensky for saying the end to the Russian/Ukraine war is “far away.” Fox News and Newsmax have urged Trump to lift his ban, and a federal judge has declined to order the White House to do so. The WHCA’s annual gala dinner in DC is on schedule, and Trump is surely to skip the event, with the expected stinging barbs being thrown in his direction.

    ‘Tonight Show’ host Jimmy Fallon mocked the administration’s expropriation of the press pool by saying, “Yep, Trump will now only take questions from Fox News, Foxier News and Foxiest News.” Leavitt explains, “So by deciding which outlets make up the limited press pool on a day-to-day basis, the White House will be restoring power back to the American people who President Trump was elected to serve,” — justifying the reason to allow independent journalists on TikTok to apply for press credentials?

    Attorney General Pam Bondi made a big deal of her announcement that the Epstein files would be released, which contain lists of clients and flight logs of passengers flown on his private plane to his private island. After release of the documents, word quickly got around that it was information previously made public — no bombshells! To counter the uproar, Bondi pointed a finger at the FBI, who she blamed for withholding “thousands of pages of documents.” Conspiracy theorists were accusing the Deep State agents for lack of transparency, providing Jimmy Kimmel with fodder for his show’s monologue. “That’s right, the deep state agents are trying to hide it. Well, first the deep state agents need to go through the documents to make sure they dot every ‘i’ and cross out every ‘DJ-T,’ and then they can release the documents,” he offered. Continuing, he said, “You know, the fact that these Looney Tunes keep conveniently forgetting that Donald Trump and Jeffrey Epstein were good friends is unbelievable.” Reading from a 2002 issue of New York magazine’s profile of Epstein, he said to the audience, “This is a quote from Donald Trump: ‘I’ve known Jeff for 15 years, terrific guy. He’s a lot of fun to be with. It’s even said that he likes beautiful women as much as I do, and many of them are on the younger side. No doubt about it — Jeffrey enjoys his social life.'” “And they’re running around with binders,” Kimmel chuckled, as he cited a New York Times report: ‘Donald Trump and Jeffrey Epstein had a party at Mar-a-Lago, calling it a ‘calendar girl’ competition.'” Kimmel concluded, “It was only two men and 28 disappointed calendar girls — I hope that’s in the binder when it comes out.” We can rest assured that Kash Patel will get to the bottom of this deep state mixup!

    Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
     

    ...

    EAGAN’S SUBCONSCIOUS COMICS. View classic inner-view ideas and thoughts with Subconscious Comics a few flips down.

    EAGAN’S DEEP COVER. See Eagan’s “Deep Cover” down a few pages. As always, at TimEagan.com you will find his most recent  Deep Cover, the latest installment from the archives of Subconscious Comics, and the ever entertaining Eaganblog.

    Daylight Saving Time

    “I don’t mind going back to daylight saving time. With inflation, the hour will be the only thing I’ve saved all year.”
    ~Victor Borge

    “The sun got confused about daylight savings time. It rose twice. Everything had two shadows.”
    ~Steven Wright

    “You will never find anybody who can give you a clear and compelling reason why we observe daylight savings time.”
    ~Dave Barry

    “Daylight time, a monstrosity in timekeeping.”
    ~Harry S. Truman

    “An extra yawn one morning in the springtime, an extra snooze one night in the autumn is all that we ask in return for dazzling gifts. We borrow an hour one night in April; we pay it back with golden interest five months later.”
    ~Winston Churchill

    ...

    Here is the most recent Randy Rainbow. I saw him in San Francisco a few years ago at the Masonic, I believe. Fabulous show, of course!


    COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

    Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
    (Gunilla Leavitt)

    ...

    Deep Cover

    Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment